高考复习一人教版高二unit 9语言点(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
“火锅”通过精心收集,向本站投稿了20篇高考复习一人教版高二unit 9语言点(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计),以下是小编为大家准备的高考复习一人教版高二unit 9语言点(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计),仅供参考,欢迎大家阅读。
篇1:高考复习一人教版高二unit 9语言点(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
Unit 9
1 attend vt.出席参加; 上(学, 教堂)
attend a meeting [lecture]出席会议[听演讲, 听课]
attend a wedding [a funeral]参加婚礼[葬礼]
attend school [church]上学[教堂]
be well attended出席(听...)...人数很多
be attended by由...陪同; 由...照料
I will attend you to the classroom.我将陪你到教室去。
May good luck attend you!祝你幸运!
vi.出席,参加[(+at)] attend (at) a wedding 出席婚礼
照料,处理[(+to)]
I'll attend to the matter.我来处理此事。
护理;侍候[(+on/upon)]
注意,倾听;致力(于)[(+to)]
She didn't attend to what I was saying.她并不注意听我所说的话
【习惯用语】
attend on 服侍, 照料; 陪, 随从
attend upon 服侍, 照料; 陪, 随从
attend to 倾听, 注意, 留心 ;关心, 照顾, 护理; 办理
2 content a.满足的,满意的;甘愿的[F][(+with)][+to-v]
She seems content to live with him.她似乎很满意与他生活在一起。
He was content with his work.他对自己的工作很满意。
vt.使满足[(+with)]
Her answer seemed to content him.她的回答好像令他满意。
【习惯用语】
be content to do sth. 乐于做某事
be content with 沉迷[满足]于
to one's heart's content 心满意足, 尽情地 I ate to my heart’s content. 我尽情地吃。
content oneself with 满足于, 对...感到满足
3 access 接近,进入;接近的机会,进入的权利;使用[U][(+to)]
access broadcasting
向公众开放的节目播送(电台、电视台开放给少数民族或利益团体传递讯息或做宣传的节目播送)
Only a few people have access to the full facts of the case.只有少数几个人能看到有关该案全部事实的材料。
Citizens may have free accessto the library. 市民可以自由使用图书馆。
通道,入口,门路[C][U][(+to)]
The only access to their house is along that narrow road.只有沿着那条狭窄的路走才能到达他们的房子。
【习惯用语】
be easy [hard, difficult] of access 容易[难]接近
give access to 接见; 准许出入
have [gain, get, obtain] access to 得接近; 得会见; 得进入; 得使用
4 stress
n.压力;紧张;压迫[U][C][(+on)]
Susan was completely weighed down by the stress of examinations.苏珊被考试的压力压垮了。
under the stress of poverty 在贫困的压力下
着重;重要性[U][(+on)]
She lay great stress on proper behavior.她很强调行为端正。
time of stress 危难之际, 非常时期
【语】重音;重读[U][C][(+on)]
In the word “mother” the stress is on the first syllable.在“mother”这一字里,重音在第一个音节上。
vt.强调,着重
The English teacher stressed the importance of reading aloud.
英语老师强调了朗读的重要性。
I must stress that we haven't much time. 我必须强调我们没有多少时间了。
用重音读Stress the second syllable.重读第二个音节。
加压力于;使紧张
The weight of snow stressed the roof to the point of collapsing.
雪的重量压得屋顶快要塌了。
【习惯用语】
in the stress of the moment 一时紧张
lay [place, put] stress on 把重点放在...上; 在...上用力
under [driven by] the stress of 为...所迫; 为...所驱使; 处境紧张[困难]
5 responsibility n. 责任, 职责
【习惯用语】
be relieved of one's responsibility [-ties] (被)解除职责
bear responsibility for 对...负有责任
decline all responsibility for 声明对...不负任何责任
on one's own responsibility 自作主张地, 自负全责地
take full responsibility for 对... 负完全 责任
take the responsibility upon oneself 自己承担起责任来
undertake fresh responsibility 担负起新的职责
6 alternative n. 二中择一, 可供选择的办法, 事物抉择;选择余地[the …+of)]
adj. 选择性的, 二中择一的
If you don't like the school lunch, you have the alternative of bringing your own.
要是你不喜欢学校准备的午餐,你可以自己带饭。
What alternatives are there?还有什么可选择的?
选择的自由(或余地)[U]
They had no alternative in the matter.在这件事上,他们没有选择的余地
We have no alternative but to go on. 除了继续下去,我们没有选择的余地。
There was no other alternative but to fight till the victory.
除了战斗直到胜利,别无选择。
【习惯用语】
have no alternative but 除...外别无选择; 只有; 只好
7 affect
vt. 影响, 对...起作用[反应]; 使...感光; 改变; 损[伤]害
The amount of rain affects the growth of crops.雨量影响作物的生长。
感动 ; He was deeply affected by my words. 他听了我的话很受感动。
(病)侵袭;罹患 患(病), 中(暑) be affected by heat [cold] 中暑[着凉]
Her kidneys had become affected.她的肾脏受到了感染。
【参考词汇】
affect effect influence 作为动词, 都含“影响”的意思。
affect 指“产生的影响之大足以引起反应”,着重“影响”的动作, 有时含有“对...产生不利影响”的意思, 如:
This article will affect my thinking. 这篇文章将会影响我的思想。
effect 指“实现”、“达成”,着重“造成”一种特殊的效果, 如:
This book effected a change in my opinion. 这本书使我的看法起了变化。
The reform was effected. 改革实现了。
influence 指“通过说服、举例等对行动、思想、性格等产生不易觉察到的,潜移默化的影响”, 如: Influenced by a high-school biology teacher, he took up the study of medicine.
在一位中学生物教师的影响下, 他从事医学研究。
8 wipe out 扫除;清除掉 ;勾销(债务) ;消灭;毁灭 ;洗雪(耻辱)
to wipe out a whole army 歼灭一个整军
wipe up 揩干(洗净的碟盘) ;揩干
wipe off 勾销(债务
wipe down 把…擦干净
(常与away, off连用)擦干;揩净
wipe your tears away 擦干你的眼泪
9 issue vt.(1)发行;发布
The post office issued the stamps last week.上星期邮局发行了这些邮票。
(2). 发给,配给[O][(+to)],核发
They issued the soldiers with guns. 他们把枪发给士兵。
(3.) 使流出,放出,排出
vi.(1). 出来[(+forth)](2). 流出[(+from)]
Lava issued from the volcano.熔岩从火山口流出来。
(3). 由...得出,由...产生[(+from)]
His difficulties in his work issue from his lack of experience.
他工作中的困难是由于缺乏经验而引起的。
(4). 发行,颁布,出版
A new coinage issued.一种新硬币发行了。
n.(1). 问题;争论;争议[C]
They have published a lot of new books on international issues.
他们已经出版了很多论述国际问题的新书。
(2). 发行(物);一次发行量;(报刊)期号[C]
There's an article about Jamaica in this issue.
在这一期里有一篇关于牙买加的文章。
【习惯用语】
at issue 在争论中; 不一致, 有分歧; 待裁决的
raise a new issue 提出新论点
take issue against 反对
issue sth.to sb. 把某物发给某人 = issue sb. with sth.
issue from 从...流出[冒出、传出]
join issue (=take issue) with sb on sth争论, 进行辨论
make an issue of sth. 使某事成为有争论的问题
10 advise:可用作动词(vt.&vi.)。主要义项有:忠告,劝告,建议,通知,商量。
用作动词时的主要搭配形式为:(1)advise+名词/动名词;
Eg. I advise waiting until tomorrow.我建议等到明天。
(2)+sb. to do sth. Eg. I advise you to start at once. 我劝你立刻出发。
(3)+宾语从句Eg. Can you advise me whether I should go abroad?
你能不能指点我该不该出国?
(4)sb. against doing sth.
Eg. I strongly advise you against going abroad.我力劝你不要出国。
(5)sb. on sth.
Eg. He advises us on economic affairs.他给我们提供有关经济事务的建议。
(6)sb.+疑问词+不定式
Eg. He could not advise me what to do next.他无法教我接下来该做什么。
(7)sb. of sth.Eg. Please advise us of the date. 请将日期通知我们。
注意:advise作“通知”讲后跟宾语从句时,用陈述语气;作“建议”讲后跟宾语从句时,用虚拟语气。
Eg. We were advised that they could not accept our offer.
我们获得通知,说他们不能接受我们的提议。
I advised him that he (should) go at once.我劝他应该马上去。
11 face
Unit 10
1 frighten vt.\ vi. 使惊吓; 惊恐
习惯用语】
be frightened of [口]害怕, 对...感到恐惧
frighten away 吓跑, 吓走
frighten off 吓跑, 吓走
frighten sb. into doing sth. 用恐吓手段迫使某人做[不做]某事
frighten sb. out of doing sth. 用恐吓手段迫使某人做[不做]某事
He was frightened of the fierce dog. 他让这只凶猛的狗吓怕了。
He was frightened at the thought of his huge debts.
他一想到他背负的巨额债务便胆战心惊。
2 urge vt.催促;力劝;激励;怂恿
They urged us to go at once.他们催促我们马上去。
极力主张;强烈要求[(+on)][+that]
urge sth. on [upon] sb. 向某人极力陈述某事
My friends urged that I (should) apply for the job.朋友们力劝我申请那份工作。
The people in that country urged independence.那个国家的人民要求独立。
推进;驱策[ on [onward, forward] 推进; 驱策
We urged the school team on with loud cheers.我们大声助威,激励校队拼搏。
vi. 极力主张;强烈要求
urge against 极力反对
The citizens urged for the construction of a new hospital.市民们强烈要求建造一个新医院。
n.[C]. 强烈的欲望;冲动;迫切的要求
The vacation is coming and I have an urge to travel.假期快到了,我很想外出旅行。
【习惯用语】
urge... into doing [to do] [怂恿]...做
3 board
n. 木板;板,牌子;布告牌;黑板;(棋)盘[C]
He sawed the board in half.他将木板锯成两块。
膳食;伙食[U]We will provide room and board for them.我们将提供他们的食宿。
委员会;理事会;董事会;(政府的)部,局,会
He has recently joined the board of the company.最近加入了该公司的董事会。
舞台;演员的职业[the P]He quit the boards years ago.数年前他就离开了舞台。
vt.. 用木板覆盖(或封闭)[(+up/over)]
He boarded up the windows.他用木板将窗钉上。
上(船、车、飞机等)
The passengers boarded the plane at 9 a.m.旅客们上午九时登上飞机。
包饭;供...膳宿
【习惯用语】
above board 诚实地, 公开地, 光明正大地
All on board! 请大家上车!
go on board 上船; 上飞机, 上火车
go on the boards 当演员
Trade Board 劳资协商会
board in 在寄宿处吃饭
board up 栅木板阻断(道路等) 用木板围住 用木板钉起
across the board 包括所有团体或成员
A wage rise of 10 pounds a week across the board. 全体成员每人每周加薪10镑
go by the board (计划、安排等)失败,落空
sweep the board 赢得一切;几乎全胜
Our team swept the board in the sports games. 我们代表队在运动会中大获全胜。
4 live through:度过, 经受过
Eg. They lived through the Second World War.他们经历过第二次世界大战。
相关归纳:(1)get through 做/办/看完;通过/让通过;接通电话
Eg. I will be with you as soon as I get through this work.我一做好这项工作就到你这儿来。
I got through the book in one evening.我一个晚上就看完了这本书。
(2)go through 审阅;检查;讨论;查看;看一遍;经历(困难、痛苦等),经过(阶段等)Eg. I’d like to have you go through the book.我想让你审阅一下这本书。
Most families went through a lot during the war.大多数家庭在战争期间经历了很多的苦。
5 on end:竖着, 连续地
Eg. He stood the box on end.他把箱子竖立起来。
It snowed for three days on end. 一连下了三天雪。
相关归纳:(1)at the end 结束;尽头
Eg. She was at the end of the patience. 她已忍无可忍。
(2)in the end 最后;终于
Eg. He tired again and again and succeeded in the end.他一试再试,终于成功了。
(3)put an end to 结束;停止
Eg. Let’s put an end to this quarrel. 我们结束这场争吵吧。
(4)come to an end完毕;终止;结束
Eg. The meeting came to an end early. 会议很早结束。
注意:end构成的词组中不定冠词、定冠词、零冠词的使用
6 at hand:在手边, 在附近, 即将到来
Eg. I always keep the handbook at hand.我总是把那本手册放在手边。
Final examinations are at hand. 期末考试快到了。
相关归纳:(1)by hand 用手
She did all the sewing by hand.她用手工做了所有的缝纫工作。
(2)in hand 所有;在控制下;已经着手;正在考虑中
I have only $50 in hand.我手头只有50美元。
Let’s finish the work in hand. 我们把手头的工作完成吧。
(3)on hand 在近处;出席;迫近
They have some new goods on hand.他们有一些新货。
He advised me to be on hand.他劝我出席。
A change may be on hand.一项改变可能已经迫近。
注意:以上由hand构成的词组hand前不用冠词。
篇2:高考复习一人教版高二unit 7语言点(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
Unit 7
1 via prep. 经由,途经
to travel from Beijing to Shanghai via Tianjin 由北京经由天津去上海
通过;凭藉
I sent a message to Mary via her brother. 我托玛丽的兄弟把信带给她。
2 persuade:主要用作及物动词。主要有两个义项:说服;使相信。主要搭配形式为:persuade sb. to do sth.;
Eg. She tried to persuade him to change his mind.她试图劝他改变主意。
persuade sb. into doing sth.;persuade sb. out of doing sth.;
Eg. Can you persuade her into/out of wearing that dress?你能劝她穿(不穿)那件衣服吗?
persuade sb. that-clause。(常与of, that连用)使相信
Eg. I couldn’t persuade him that she was a thief.我无法使他相信她是个小偷。
How can I persuade you of my sincerity?我怎样才能使你相信我的诚意呢?
We worked hard to persuade them that we were genuinely interested in the project.
我们想尽办法以使他们相信我们确实对这一计划感兴趣。
注意:persuade sb. to do sth.意为“说服某人做某事”,强调结果;而advise sb. to do sth.和try to persuade sb. to do sth.意为“劝某人做某事”,强调动作。
3 lack:可用作动词(vi.&vt.)和名词。主要义项有:缺乏,不足;不足之物,欠缺之物。
注意:lack用作名词时常与介词of连用,用作动词常与介词for连用。
Eg. We have no lack of food. 我们不缺乏食物。
It was lack of current capital that defeated their business. “因为缺少流动资本,他们的企业才告失败。”
Owing to lack of time, we cannot do more than what we have done.
由于时间不够,我们只能做到这样。
vt. 缺乏;不足;没有
He lacks courage. 他缺乏勇气。
Their actions lack consistency; they say one thing and do another.
“他们言行不一,说的是一回事,做的又是另一回事。”
短少;不足;需要
Something is lacking. 缺少点什么东西。
Is she lacking in courage? 她缺乏勇气吗?
They did not lack for money.他们并不缺钱。
【习惯用语】
For\ by\ from\ through lack of 因缺乏...; 因无...
supply the lack 补缺
be lacking in 在...缺少[不足]
no lack of 不缺乏, 很多
lack (for)…缺乏
4 infect vt.
传染;使感染Be infected with cholera被传染上霍乱
One of the boys in the class had a fever and he soon infected other children.
班上的一个孩子发烧了,不久他就传染上了其他孩子。
“If your eyes are infected, you must go to an oculist.”
“如果你的眼睛受到感染,就要去看眼科医生。”
感染;影响
Mary's high spirits infected all the girls in the class.玛丽振奋的精神感染了班上所有的女孩子。
be infected with感染, 沾染上
infector n.传播者, 传染者
infectious adj.有传染性的, 易传染的, 有感染力的
“Colds are infectious, and so are some eye diseases.”“感冒是传染的,有些眼病也是传染的。”
an infectious laugh有感染力的笑声
infectious water带菌水
vi.受感染
I didn't pay any attention to it because I never infect.
我对这事毫不注意, 因为我从来 未受感染。
5 deadly adj.-lier, -liest
致命的
Fog is the sailor's deadly enemy.雾是航海者最致命的敌人。
势不两立的, 殊死的
极度的,非常的deadly haste至急
死一般的a dead paleness如死人般的苍白
adv.如死一般地;极度地;非常地
deadly dull极为枯燥无味
6 cheer n. 欢呼,喝彩[C]
A cheer arose from the crowd when the president appeared.
当总统露面时,人群中发出了欢呼声。
振奋,高兴;鼓励,激励[U]
The doctor spoke words of cheer to the sick child.
医生向病孩说了一些鼓励的话。
He's always full of cheer at Christmas.圣诞节他总是兴致勃勃。
vt., vi.欢呼;喝采
The good news of our football team winning the game cheered up everybody who heard it.
我们足球队获胜的喜讯使每一个听到的人都感到高兴。
Cheer up! The news isn't too bad.振作起来吧!消息还不算太坏。
(常与on连用)以欢呼声激励;为…加油
The crowd cheered their favourite team on.观众为自己支持的球队欢呼加油。
Cheer int.干杯
What cheer with you?近况如何?近来心情好否?
with good cheer高高兴兴地; 欢乐地; 心甘情愿地
cheer up(用话)鼓舞(某人);高兴起来, 振奋起来;打起精神来! 别灰心!
7 discourage vt.-aged, -aging
使丧失勇气;使气馁; 使沮丧
Don't let one failure discourage you, try again.不要因为一次失败就气馁,再试一试看。
“If you meet with any difficulty in your study, don't be discouraged.”
“如果你学习中遇到什么困难,不要灰心。”
试图阻止;阻拦;劝阻
The school teachers discourage smoking.学校老师不赞成吸烟。
His parents discouraged him from joining the airforce.他的父母亲劝他不要参加空军。
Inflation discourages saving.通货膨胀阻碍储蓄的积累。
discourage from阻止[妨碍, 不鼓励]做...; 使失信心
encourage vt.鼓励, 激励, 怂恿;赞助, 促进, 助长
encourage sb. to do sth.鼓励某人(做某事)
be encouraged by受...鼓励[鼓舞]
8 identify vt. -fied, -fying
认出;识别;鉴定
I identified the jacket at once; it was my brother's.“我立即认出了那件外套,它是我兄弟的。
identify handwriting鉴定笔迹
(与with连用)认为同一
He identifies beauty with goodness.他认为美与善是一致的。
(与with连用)与…有关系
That politician is too closely identified with the former government to become a minister in ours.”那位政客被认为与上届政府关系过于密切,不能成为本届政府里的部长。“
(常与with连用)同情;理解
She identified with foreign workers.她同情并理解外籍工人。
identify oneself with支持; 参与; 与....密切结合; 和....打成一片
9 for the moment:暂时, 目前
Eg. I have nothing to do for the moment. 我目前没事做。
Stop the discussion for the moment. 请暂停讨论。
at any moment随时; 在任何时候; 马上
at moments时刻, 常常
at the last [critical] moment在最后关头
at the moment此刻; (正当)那时
every moment时时刻刻
for a moment片刻
in a moment一会儿, 不久; 立即, 马上
in one's extreme [last] moment在临终时刻
not [never] for a moment决不; 从来没有
of great moment关系重大的 matter of great moment重大事件
of no moment不重要的, 无足轻重的
the moment立刻, 马上; 刚才
to the (very) moment及时, 准时, 不差片刻
10 contrary adj.(常与to连用)别扭的;格格不入的;固执的; 相反的;相对的
Mrs. Smith is too contrary to make friends easily.史密斯太太过于固执而不易交朋友。
contrary opinions相反的意见
n.-ries(前面与the连用)相反;反面;对立面
‘You must be tired.’ ‘On the contrary, I feel wide awake.’“你一定很累了。”“相反, 我感觉很清醒。”
Contrary adv.(常与to连用) 相反地;相对地
He passed the examination, contrary to what I expected.他考试及格了,和我预料的情况相反。
Contrary to all advice he gave up his job and left for the south.”他不听任何劝告,放弃了工作,去了南方。“
be contrary to与...相反
by -ries相反地; 出乎预料地
Many things in our lives go by contraries.在我们的生活当中,许多事情与预期相反。
on the contrary(与此)相反, (不是...)而是, 反之
quite the contrary恰恰相反
just the contrary恰恰相反
to the contrary反对地, 与此相反地, 有相反情况
He produced no evidence to the contrary.他没有拿出相反的证据。
11 live with忍受
”I don't enjoy the pain, but I can live with it.“”我虽然不以疼痛为乐,但还可以忍受。“
live adj.活的, 生动的, 精力充沛的, 实况转播的, 点燃的
vi.活着, 生活, 居住
vt.过着, 度过, 经历
None of the others have lived my experiences.其他人没有一个经历过我的这些遭遇。
adv.以实况地
live down悔过自新使人忘掉
He was drunk at school--he'll never live it down.”他上学时喝醉过 - 他怎么改,人们也忘不了。“
live for为…而活着
live up to真正做到,生活得无愧于
We will live up to what our parents expect of us.我们决不辜负父母亲对我们的期望。
Did the TV play live up to your expectations?这部电视剧有你期望的那样好吗?
(与on, off连用)靠…生活
The minority in the primitive forest used to live on a diet of wild animals.
原始森林里的少数民族过去用野兽作为主食。
I live off the money from my first book.我靠我第一本书赚的钱生活。
Unit 8
1 aid n.帮助;援助
first aid急救
帮助者;有帮助的事物
An English-Chinese Dictionary is an important aid in learning the English.
一本英汉词典是学习英语的重要工具。
Vt\vi .帮助;援助
I aided him with money.我资助了他。
They aided in solving the problem.他们帮忙解决这个问题。
by the aid of借助于, 通过...的帮助
with the aid of借助于, 通过...的帮助
come to sb.'s aid前来[去]援助某人
in aid of用以援助...; 作为援助...之用
2 recommend
vt. 推荐;推举
Can you recommend a good dictionary?你能介绍一本好词典吗?
劝告;忠告 [O2][+v-ing][+that]
I recommend you to comply with safety regulations.我劝你遵守安全规则。
I recommend you to wait.我劝你等一等。
(与to连用)交付;托付
The dying man recommended his soul to God.这垂危病人把灵魂交付上帝。
recommend a child to sb.把小孩子托给某人照管
3 witness cn.(=eyewitness)目击者; (在法庭上经过宣誓的)证人 [(+of/to)]
Un [主要用于give witness, bear witness]证据, 证明; 证词+to)]
a witness of the accident事件的目击者
She gave witness on behalf of the accused person.她替被告作证。
vt., vi.亲眼看见,目睹
He witnessed the accident.他亲眼看见那个意外事故。
(常与for, againt,to连用)作证;连署
None could witness that he was present.没有人能证明他在场。
witness against [for] the accused证明被告有罪[无罪]
He witnessed to the facts.他为事实作证 。
表示;表明
His tears witnessed the shame he felt.他的眼泪说明他感到羞愧。
bear false witness against sb.作对某人不利的伪证
bear witness to构成...的证据;为...作证, 证明
call... to witness请...证明; 传...做证人
give witness on behalf of sb.为某人作证
in witness of作为...的证明, 为...作证
4 silent, quiet, still, calm, noiseless
silent主要指人“沉默的,不出声的”,但不一定无活动。
quiet意为“安静的,宁静的”,指人时表示生性安静,不易激动;用于自然环境时,指没有干扰活动、没有喧闹声的寂静状态。
still意为“安静的,不动的”,不指心理状态,指环境和人“静的,静止的”状态。
calm意为“镇静的,平静的”,主要指人“沉着镇定”,指自然界“无风无浪”。
noiseless意为“声音很轻的,无声的”,常用来形容机器。
Exercises:(1)This is a ______ typewriter.
(2)In order not to lose the job, he kept _____ about the matter.
(3)It is a ______ place;I enjoy living here.
(4)Mary is a ______ girl.
(5)He remained ______ in face of danger.
(6)Stand ______ while I take a photo of you.
(7)We visited Beijing in ______ weather.
答案:(1)noiseless (2)silent (3)quiet (4)quiet (5)calm (6)still (7)calm
5 panic n.恐慌,惊慌[C\U]
Rumours of an imminent earthquake started a panic.谣传即将发生地震引起了一阵恐慌。
feel panic感到惊慌
be in a panic在惊慌中
be seized with a panic惊慌失措
cause a panic引起恐慌
a.恐慌的;起于恐慌的 a panic fear莫明其妙的恐慌
vt.使恐慌(常与into连用)
The idea might panic the investors.这个想法可能会使投资者惶恐不安。
The banks were panicked into selling dollars.银行惊恐地抛售美元。
vi.十分惊慌[(+at/over)]
”Don't panic, boys; there's no danger.“”不要慌,孩子们;没有危险。“
6 Respond vi.作答,回答[(+to)]
Has she responded to your letter?她有没有回过你的信?
作出反应;响应[(+to/by/with)]
The government has responded to pressure and dropped the proposal.
政府已在压力下放弃了这一建议。
(对治疗等)有良好反应;(对操纵等)作出灵敏反应[(+to)]
The patient is responding well to treatment.病人对治疗反应良好。
Response n.回答, 响应, 反应
in response to响应, 反应
make no response不回答
7 slight adj.轻微的, 微小的
I have a slight headache.我有点轻微的头疼。
a slight difference微小的区别
vt.轻[蔑]视;玩忽, 怠慢
feel slighted感觉受到轻蔑
slight one's work玩忽职守
make slight of轻视
not in the slightest一点不, 完全不
put a slight on [upon] sb.蔑视某人; 慢待[轻视]某人
slight over轻视; 草率从事
8 match vt.\Vi
使较量,使比赛[(+against/with)]
Read will be matched against Stone in the semifinal.里德将在半决赛中与斯通较量。
敌得过,比得上[(+for/in)]
His latest film doesn't match his previous ones.他最新的一部影片比不上他以前的一些影片。
These two are well matched in strength.他们俩势均力敌。
和...相配,和...相称
The color of the shirt does not match that of the tie.衬衫的颜色与领带不相配。
The curtains do not match with the decoration.窗帘与室内装璜不相配。
使比较;使成对,使相配[(+with)]
Can you match this fabric?你能找一块和这相配的布吗?
n.比赛, 竞赛;对手; 相似的人[物], 相配的人[物]
You are no match for him.你不是他的对手。
9 catch fire:着火
Eg. The house caught fire. 房子着火了。
相关归纳:(1)(be) on fire着火
Eg. When he arrived, he found the house was still on fire.他到的时候,发现那幢房子还在烧。
(2)make a fire生火
Eg. They made a fire to keep warm. 他们生火取暖。
(3)start/light a fire点火
Eg. They started a fire to be seen by the rescuing team.他们点火好让援救队看见。
(4)put out the fire扑灭大火
Eg. The fire had been put out before the firemen arrived.
消防队员还未赶到大火就被扑灭了。
(5)set...on fire/set fire to纵火,放火烧
Eg. The Japanese set fire to his house.日本人烧了他的家。
注意:fire所构成的短语中定冠词、不定冠词、零冠词的使用。
play with fire玩火;冒险
under fire受到攻击
10 count vt., vi.
点数;数;算to count from 1 to 100从1数到100
计算;清点;总计达…Count these apples.清点一下这些苹果。
认为;视为;看作[(+as/among)]
count it an honor (to do sth.)(把做某事)引以为荣
You should count yourself fortunate in having good health.
你身体健康,这就算幸运了
有价值;重要;有用Every second counts.每一秒钟都很重要。
In sport what really counts is not the winning but the playing.
就运动而言,重要的不是赢,而是参与。
count down倒数计时
count on依靠;指望;期待 (= count upon) count out 〈拳击〉宣告失败
11 free from
v.解除
ph.没有;免于;无...之忧;无...之搀杂
12 upside down adv.颠倒, 混乱
13 roll over(睡时)翻身, 反侧
篇3:高二上Unit 9 语言点教案(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
1. You'll attend the meeting and discuss the issue. 你将出席这个会议并讨论这个问题。
1) attend用作及物动词,意为“出席;参加; 上(学, 教堂);陪伴”,用作不及物动词,构成下列短语:
attend on/upon服侍, 照料; 陪, 随从; attend to倾听, 注意, 留心
attend a meeting /lecture/school 出席会议/听演讲/上学
May good luck attend you! 祝你幸运!
2) n. issue 1)论点, 问题, the issue of something …的问题
raise an issue 提出问题complex issue 复杂问题sensitive issue 敏感问题
2) 出版, 发行, (报刊等)期、号, issue of
the January issue of Newsweek the current/latest issue Have you seen the latest issue?
3) [transitive]官方的发布命令,警告等
Silva issued a statement denying all knowledge of the affair.
attend,join,join in,take part in用法辨析:
(1) attend是正式用语,一般指参加会议、典礼、婚礼、葬礼及去听课、听报告等。
(2) join指加入某党派、某组织或某社会团体,以及参军等,还可表示参与某种活动。如:
(3) join in通常指参加某种活动,尤其指和其他人一起参加某项活动。如:
(4) take part in指参加群众性活动、会议、劳动、游行等,往往指参加者持有积极的态度,起一定作用,有时与join in可互换。如:
Will you take part in the English evening? 同我们一起参加英语晚会好吗?
如:a. I will never forget the day when I _______ the Party.
b. Will you_______ us for dinner? 请你和我们一起吃饭好吗?
c. May I _________ the game? 我可以参加这个游戏吗?
d. I hope you'll all ________ the discussion. 我希望你们大家都参加讨论。
e. Would you ____ (和我一起去散步)?
f. We should ____ (积极参加) school activities.
g. She didn't come to the party because she had to ____ (出席一个会议).
a. joined b. join c. join in/ take part in d. take part in/ join in e. join me in a walk f take an active part in g attend a meeting )
2.Summarize v.概述, 总结 The authors summarize their views in the introduction.
3. content: 1). n. 内容,目录 (常作 ~ s ) ; 容量,容积
the contents of a book a table of contents Look up the contents at the beginning of the book.
a bucket of more than usual content
2). Adj. 满足的,满意的
be content to do sth be content with sth content oneself with sth
He is quite content to watch TV for hours. I’m very content with my life at present.
As there’s no butter we must content ourselves with dry bread.
4.representative cn. 1)代表
a union representative 协会代表 representative of …的代表 an elected representative of the people
2) typical of a particular group or thing 典型的;有代表性的
representative of The latest incident is representative of a wider trend
a representative collection of ancient Greek art 古希腊艺术代表作品集
5.have access to access用作名词,意为“通路;访问;接近;入门”,常与to连用。
1)have access to a car/a computer etc 有可供使用的车,电脑等
2) gain/get access (to something) t能够得以见到某人/某物或进入某地
The police managed to gain access through an upstairs window.
6.Violence 暴力
physical violence 身体暴力 domestic violence 家庭暴力 racial/ethnic violence 种族暴力 use/resort to violence 使用暴力
7.All too 意为“实在太… ” “太过… ” 后常接形容词或副词,主要用来表达遗憾之意。
Eg. It was all too early when we reached the top of the hill. The sun hasn’t risen yet.
Only too + adj./adv. 也含有此意。表示“极为”“非常”“遗憾地”
eg. I’d be only too pleased to help, but I’m busy now
8.Stress vt. 1)着重,强调 也可说为lay/place/put stress on sth 2) 重读
The report stressed that student math skills need to improve.
Crawford stressed the need for more housing downtown.
She stressed the importance of a balanced diet.
The word 'machine' is stressed on the second syllable.
9.equality [uncountable] 同等,平等
equality of 。。。的平等,均等 All people have the right to equality of opportunity.
equality with 与…平等 Women have yet to achieve full equality with men in the workplace.
equality between 在… 之间的平等 equality between men and women
racial/sexual equality 种族/性别平等 The government must promote racial equality.
10.responsibility (plural responsibilities)1)un. 责任,责任感
Kelly's promotion means more money and more responsibility.
responsibility for (doing) something
The Minister will have responsibility for coordinating(调整)childcare policy.
with responsibility for something 具有,带有对… 的责任
a manager with responsibility for over 100 staff
it is somebody's responsibility to do something 做某事是某人的责任。
It's your responsibility to inform us of any changes.
take responsibility for (doing) something 负责某事
Who do you trust to take responsibility for Britain's defence?
Be careful you don't take on too much responsibility
claim responsibility (for something) 声称对… 负责
No one has yet claimed responsibility for yesterday's bombing.
11.take action 1) 采取行动 2)开始生效
The government must take action now to stop the rise in violent crime
They took action to stop him.
The police took action to deal with this thing immediately.
The medicine will not take action for several hours.
使用take 的其他短语
take notes: 作笔记,记录
Eg: Do you takes notes of the lectures?
He sat quietly in the corner taking notes carefully.
takes effect 开始起作用,见效,生效
The pill takes effect as soon as you swallow it.
take turns 轮流 take measures/steps 采取措施
take place 发生 take care 照顾
take medicine 吃药 take time从容进行 take cold感冒, 受凉, 伤风
take notice 注意 take sides 偏袒
12.willing to do something
How much are they willing to pay?
13. put an end to 结束,毁掉
Eg: Winning the competition put an end to his financial problems.
The discussion was put an end to by his sudden arrival.
The wind put an end to the pier.
Sth come to an end 结束了 make an end of终止, 结束, 除掉
bring sth to an end 结束, 完成, 终止
on end 1)直立,竖立 2)连续地 They argued for two hours on end
His hair stands on end.
14.harmony (plural harmonies)
in harmony with意为“与……和谐相处”、“与……协调”。如:
My cat and dog live in perfect harmony. 我的猫和狗相处得十分和睦。
We must ensure that tourism develops in harmony with the environment.
我们必须确保旅游的发展与环境相协调。
be out of harmony with与。。。 不相和谐
15. put an end to意为“结束”、“终结”。如:
How can we put an end to the fighting? 我们如何才能结束这场战斗呢?
16.wipe out phrasal verb 彻底的除掉,除去,抹去
Whole villages were wiped out by the floods.
Nothing could wipe out his bitter memories of the past.
2)wipe somebody out 使某人感觉非常的疲劳 The heat had wiped us out.
17.alternative 1) [only before noun]选择性的, 二中择一的
alternative ways/approach/methods etc alternative approaches to learning
Have you any alternative suggestions?
2)Alternative cn. 可供选择的办法,事物。常指在两者之间做出选择。 choice 常指一般意义上的选择
alternative to Is there a viable alternative to the present system?
have no alternative but 除...外别无选择; 只有; 只好
I had no alternative but to report him to the police.
18.defend vt./vi. 保护,防卫
a struggle to defend our homeland
defend something against/from something 使某物免受侵害
the need to defend democracy against fascism(法西斯主义)
defend yourself (against/from somebody/something) 是某人免受侵害
advice on how women can defend themselves from sex attackers
defend against 抵抗,防卫 We need to defend against military aggression.
2)vt. 辩护 She was always defending her husband in front of their daughter.
Students should be ready to explain and defend their views.
19.Affect vt. 1)影响 2)感动
the areas affected by the hurricane a disease that affects the central nervous system
decisions which affect our lives We were all deeply affected by her death.
20.advise somebody to do something 建议某人做某事 advise doing ;
Evans advised him to leave London.
You are strongly advised to take out medical insurance when visiting China.
advise somebody against (doing) something 建议某人不做某事
I'd advise you against saying anything to the press.
advise that 接虚拟语气
Experts advise that sunscreen be reapplied every one to two hours.
篇4:高考英语复习(一)高二英语Unit 4-unit 6语言点(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
Unit 4
1 intention n. 计划;目的 意图 [C][U][(+of)][+to-v]
I began reading with the intention of finishing the book, but I never did.
我开始读这本书时想读完它,可是我从来就没把它读完。
He has no intention of marrying yet. 他还没有要结婚的打算。
What is your intention? 你的意图究竟是什么?
【习惯用语】
by intention 故意
have no intention of doing ... 无意做...
with the intention of 抱有...目的, 打算
with the best of intentions 好心好意, 出于一片好心
without intention 无意中, 不是故意地
2 call up 召集;动员 ;使人想起 (= call upon)
call for 需要;要求;值得: to call for bid 招标
The occasion calls for a cool head. 这种场合需要冷静的头脑。
call back召回; 收回; 取消; 撤销; 回想, 回忆; 回电话
call in收集; 收回(货币)不再流通; 邀请
call off 取消; 叫走; 使转移
call on拜访; 要求, 请求, 招致; 指名
call out大声喊叫; 召集; 命令(工人)罢工; 使跃出; 向...挑战; 要求和...
3 stand out 突出; 出色; 显著 ; 坚持;支撑
to stand out a crisis 挨过危机
stand as 作(侯选人)竞选
stand by 袖手旁观 ;站在一起, 帮助 ;维持, 遵守
stand for代表, 象征, 意味着 ;支持, 主张, 赞成 ;参加...的竞选 ;[口]容忍
stand to 守(约, 条件等); 继续做下去; 准备行动; 坚决主张; 坚持; 进入阵地
stand up against 抵抗, 反对, 同...对抗
stand up for 拥护, 辩护
4 absence n.不在,缺席[U][C][(+from)]
She never speaks ill of anyone in his or her absence.她从不乘人不在时说别人的坏话。
缺少,缺乏[U][(+of)]
The absence of color in that drawing makes it dull.那幅画因没有着色而显得晦暗。
in the absence of 缺乏...时; 当...不在时
leave of absence 请假, 准假
absence of mind 精神不集中; 心不在焉
5 come into being:形成, 产生
相关归纳:(1)come into power 上台、掌权、执政
Eg. This government came to/into power in .本政府于1998 年执掌政权。
(2)come into effect 实行;实施;生效
Eg. The law came into effect on October 15.那项法律于10月15日生效。
(3)come into use 开始被使用
Eg. The telephone first came into use in the 1870s.电话在19世纪70年代开始使用。
(4)come into sight/view 可以望见;出现在眼前
Eg. As we rounded the bend the lake came into view.我们转过弯,那个湖泊就展现在我们眼前了。
come into fashion 开始流行
come to涉及;谈及
When it comes to politics I know nothing. 谈到政治,我一无所知。
获致;到达;结束 They came to the conclusion that they had made an unforgivable mistake. 他们得到的结论是他们犯了一个不可饶恕的错误。
The water came to my waist. 水已达我的腰部。
总共;共计 The bill came to $5.50. 账款共计5美元50美分。
突然想起 Suddenly the words of the song came to me. 我猛然想起了这首歌的歌词。
come to oneself (昏迷后)苏醒过来; 恢复理性, 停止胡闹
to come 未来的, 将要到来的
come across偶然碰见; 无意中找到 ;出现于, 想到
come about发生; (风等)改变方向; 转帆, 转航向
How come? [口]为什么? 怎么会? 怎么搞的?
How comes it that? (=How is it that...?) [口]为什么? 怎么回事?
6 apart adv. 分离, 分成零件, 分别地, 分离着
adj. 分开的
apart from除…外;此外 ; 离开
All the children like music apart from Bobby. 除了博比外所有的孩子都喜欢音乐。
The writer lives apart from his family. 作家不与家人同住。
Apart from being too large, the trousers don't suit me.
这条裤子不但太大,而且我穿着也不合适。
Apart from a few words, I do not know any French at all.
除了很少的几句外,我对法语一无所知。
tell ... apart 区分; 分辨(两种事物)
far apart 离得很远
7 send for召唤, 派人去拿
Send someone for a doctor.派人去请医生来。
I send him for some sugar.我派他去买一些糖。
相关归纳(1)send off 送别;发出
go to a station to send a person off 到车站给某人送行
We have sent off all the invitations.我们已经把全部的请帖发出去。
(2)send out 发出,放出;长出
She sent out three hundred invitations.她发出300张请帖。
In spring the trees begin to send out new leaves.春天树木开始长出新叶。
A fire sends out light and warmth.火发出光和热。
(3)send in 叫……进来;提交,递
Send her in.叫她进来。
send in one’s card递名片
He has sent three paintings in for the exhibition.他已送出三幅画参加展览。
8 recommend vt.
推荐,介绍[(+as/for)][O1]
Can you recommend me some new books on this subject?
你能推荐一些有关这个学科的新书给我吗?
Can you recommend a good dictionary? 你能介绍一本好词典吗?
建议,劝告[O2][+v-ing][+that]
recommend to try a new medicine 建议试服一种新药
I recommend you to comply with safety regulations.我劝你遵守安全规则。
使成为可取,使受欢迎[(+to)]
His proposal has much to recommend it.他的建议有不少可取之处。
Your plan has very little to recommend it. 你的计划几乎毫无可取之处。
付托,托付[(+to)]
I recommended my child to her care.我把孩子托付给她照顾。
Unit 5
1 off prep. 在离…海的附近an island off the coast of southeast 东南沿海的一个岛屿
离开 Keep off the grass. 勿践踏草坪。
脱离 Take the curtains off their hooks. 把窗帘从挂钩上取下来。
Two men took the parcel off the plane and carried it into the Customs House.
两个男子把这个包裹从飞机上取下,提着进了海关大楼。
从…去掉;从…减少 cut a piece off the loaf 从整个面包上切下一块
距离;离…;与…相隔
The ship was blown off course. 船被吹离了航道。
We are going off the subject. 我们离题了。
adv. 离开, 在远方, 离去, 分离, 中断, 完成
far off 远 a mile off 有一英里远
only three months off 只要再过三个月(只在三个月前)
fly off 飞去 go off 走掉 get off 脱衣; 下马
fall off (从马上)掉下来
take off 脱(衣、帽、鞋等) ;断掉, 休止
turn off the radio 关掉收音机
take a day off 休假一天
drink off 喝完
leave off work 停止工作
pay off 付清
called off. 取消了。
wear off (精力)衰退; (衣服)渐渐破损
ten per cent off 九折
2 make up 和解;和好 Let's make up让我们言归于好吧。
化妆;化装 She made up her face to look prettier. 她把脸化了妆以便看上去漂亮些。
捏造,虚构(故事、诗等) The boy made up a story; it was not true. 男孩编了个故事,这故事不是真的。
补足;凑足 I tried to make up for my loss我力图补偿我的损失。
整理;收拾 make up a bed 整理床铺
make up for 补偿
How can we make up to you for what you have suffered? 我们如何补偿你所遭受的损害?
make for 移向;走向 ;攻击 (= make at) 造成
If the ship encountered wind force eight, it should make for port. 如果船遇到8级大风,就应当返回港口。
make of理解,推断
I can't make of what he wants. 我不了解他要什么。
make out 勉强了解 ;开出,写(支票、账目等);声称;伪装;把…说成
He immediately sat down and made out a check. 他立刻坐下来开了一张支票。
He makes out he's younger than me. 他声称比我年轻。
I could just make out a figure in the darkness我隐约看见黑暗中有个人影
What a strange person she is! I can't make her out at all.她这个人真怪! 我根本无法了解她.
make over 更改;修改 ;〈法〉转让财产
Can you make over this old shirt? 你能修改这件旧衬衫吗?
His wealth was made over to his children. 他的财产已移交他的孩子们了。
make it 及时到达;成功
3 at one point: 一度,在某一时刻
At one point I thought she was going to refuse, but in the end she agreed.
当时我以为她要拒绝,但最後她却同意了。
At the point he got up and left the room. 此时他站起来,离开了屋子。
to point: 中肯,扼要,到一点
on the point of: 即将(正要,接近)
off the point: n. 离题
4 make the most of:尽量利用;充分利用
Eg. We should make the most of our opportunities.我们应该尽量利用我们的机会。
相关归纳:(1)make use of 使用,利用
Any citizen can make use of the public library.任何一位公民都可以使用这家公共图书馆。
(2)take advantage of 利用;欺骗
Eg. He took advantage of my kindness. 他利用我的仁慈。
He took full advantage of the school library.他充分利用学校的图书馆。
注意:在take advantage of 结构中,advantage前无冠词,且其也不用复数。
5 consist vi. (与of 连用) 组成,构成,包括,由…组成
The United Kingdom consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
联合王国包括大不列颠与北爱尔兰。
His job consists of helping old people who live alone.
他的工作包括帮助无人照顾的独居老人。
(与in连用)在于 The beauty of the plan consists in its simplicity.
这个计划妙就妙在简明扼要。
(与with连用)一致,符合
Theory should consist with practice. 理论应与实践相一致。
6 consider vt., vi. 考虑;思考
I am considering going abroad. 我正在考虑出国。
The court would not even consider his claim for the old man's legacy.
法庭根本不会考虑他所提出的对老人遗产的要求。
认为;以为 [后接that 引导的从句] 或(as..., of..., to be...)
I consider it a great honor. 我认为这是极大的荣幸。
We consider that the driver is not to blame. 我们认为这不是司机的过错。
considerate adj. 对...关心爱护的, 体贴的; 会照顾的(of) 考虑周到的
You might be a thought more considerate of other people. 你该多想著点儿别人.
considerable adj. 值得考虑的, 不可忽视的, 重要的 ;相当(大, 多)的, 可观的
The TV play received considerable acclaim. 这部电视剧获得很高评价。
7 country, nation, state:这三个词都有“国家”的意思,但用法各异。
country“国家”,“国土”,是不含任何感情色彩或引申意义的普通名词,着重指疆土、国土、家园。
nation着重指人民,可译作“民族,国民(总称)”。例如:the Chinese nation(中华民族)。
state着重指政权、国家机器。
Exercises:(1)The king spoke on TV to the ______.
(2)They set up a ______ of their own where they would be free to keep Negroes as slaves.
(3)How many ______ are there in the world?
答案:(1)nation (2)state (3)countries
8 as many \much as 和...一样多
【习惯用语】
as if 好像,好似 (= as though)
She spoke to me as if she knew me. 她和我说话的神情,好像她早就认识我似的。
as long as 只要 (= so long as)
You may borrow this book as long as you promise to give it back.
只要你答应归还,你就可以把这书借走。
as of 自从;自…起 (= as from)
as of today 从今天起
as to 关于;至于 I don't know anything as to the others. 至于其他,我一无所知。
9 namely adv. (=that is to say)即, 就是, 换句话说
The railroad connects two cities, namely, New York and Chicago.
这铁路联接两个城市, 即纽约和芝加哥。
Only one student passed the exam, namely Peter. 只有一个学生通过了考试,就是彼得。
10 spread vt., vi. spread, spreading
(常与out连用)张开;伸展;延长;加宽
The bird spread its wings. 这只鸟展开翅膀。
Father spread the world map out flat on the floor and tried to find out the town where his son was fighting. ”父亲把世界地图平摊在地板上,努力寻找他儿子正在战斗的小镇。“
覆盖;涂敷 spread butter on bread (=spread bread with butter)
She spread the bread with butter. 她把黄油涂在面包上。
分布;分配,分摊 to spread the cost over 3 years 将费用分摊三年
传播,传布
蔓延;扩散
The fire spread from the factory to the houses near by. 火从工厂蔓延到附近的房舍。
The illness spread through the village. 这种病在村里蔓延开了。
The news of victory spread apace. 胜利的消息迅速传开。
spread to 传到, 波及, 蔓延到
spread with 在...上面涂抹[铺盖, 复盖]
11 manner n. 方法; 方式; 样子 ;态度, 举止; [pl. ]礼貌, 规矩
[pl. ]风俗,习惯; 生活方式
(艺术、文学的)风格, 手法; 文体
good manners 有礼貌 bad manners 没礼貌
The manner of presentation is highly important. 介绍的方式很重要。
He had an absent-minded manner. 他表现出心不在焉的样子。
Mind your manners. 注意礼貌。
She has written a book on the manners and customs of the ancient Egyptians.
她写了一本关于古埃及人习俗的书。
It is bad manners to interrupt.打断别人说话是不礼貌的。
I don't like to talk with him; he has a very rude manner.我不喜欢和他说话,他态度粗野。
His success is in a manner of speaking our success, too.他的成功也可以说是我们的成功.
by any manner of means (=by any means) 以任何可能的方法; 无论如何
by no manner of means 决不, 一点也不
in manner of 以...方式
in a manner (=in a way, in some degree) 在某种意义上; 多少, 有点
in the manner of 照...的式样; 做出...的样子
in this manner 如此, 照这样
12 ruin n. 毁灭, 覆灭; 崩溃; 没落, 破产;
[pl. ]废墟, 遗迹; 损失
[只用单]毁灭[败坏]的原因, 祸根
the ruin of his hopes 他的希望的破灭
fall into ruin 破败不堪
The building is in ruins. 那建筑物已成断壁残垣。
Gambling was his ruin[the ruin of him]. 赌博是他堕落的原因。
【习惯用语】
be the ruin of 成为...毁灭[堕落]的原因
bring sb. to ruin 使某人失败; 使倾家荡产
bring ruin upon oneself 自取灭亡
come to ruin 毁灭, 灭亡; 崩溃; 破坏掉
fall to ruin 毁灭, 灭亡; 崩溃; 破坏掉
in ruins 成为废墟
ruin oneself 毁掉自己
vt. 毁坏;毁灭;使破产
She poured water all over my painting, and ruined it.
她把水全倒在了我的画上,把画毁了。
I was ruined by that law case. 我被那场官司搞得倾家荡产。
Unit 6
1 predict vt.,vi. 预言[报, 示]; 常与that连用)
predict rain for tomorrow 预告明天有雨
She predicted that he would marry a doctor. 她预言他将娶一位医生
prediction n. 预言[告] 【气】预测[报]
weather prediction 天气预报
2 trend n.[C] (海岸、河流等的)走向
The mountains have a western trend.群山向西延伸。
趋势,倾向;时尚The current trend is towards informal clothing.
目前的趋势是穿着比较随便。
the trend of modern living 现代生活的趋势
vi.[(+towards)]伸向;折向,转向
The road trends to the north.这条路是向北的。
趋向,倾向Share prices have been trending down.股票价格一直趋向下降。
【习惯用语】 set the trend (在风尚、式样上)开个头, 带个头
3 indicate vt.
指示;指出[+(that)][+wh-]
The light above the elevator indicated that the elevator was then at the fifteenth floor.
电梯上方的灯指示那时电梯在十五楼。
表明;象征;暗示[+(that)][+wh-]
His hesitation indicates unwillingness.他的犹豫表明不愿意。
I indicated that his help was not welcome. 我表示他的帮助不受欢迎。
Indication n. 指出, 指示, 迹象, 暗示
give an indication of 表示, 象征, 用来衬托(...的大小比例)
The indication is that ... (有)迹象表明
There are various indications that ... 种种迹象表明
4 keep in touch with:与...保持联络
相关归纳:(1)get in touch with 和……联络,和……接触
Eg. I got in touch with her. 我跟她联络上了。
(2)lose touch with(与……)失去联系;没有……的消息,不明……的真相
Eg. He has lost touch with reality. 他与现实脱节。
If we don’t write often, we will lose touch.如果我们不经常通信,我们就会失去联系。
(3)be in/out of touch with(与……)联系/失去联络,与……脱节
Eg. I’m still in touch with his old friends.我仍然和他的老朋友保持联系。
I can’t give you advice, because I am out of touch with economic conditions now.
我不能给你提供建议,因为我不了解现阶段的经济状况。
注意:在keep in touch with 和get in touch with结构中,要用介词in,而在lose touch with结构中不用介词in。
5 purchase vt.买,购买
He purchased this stamp at an auction.他在拍卖会中购得这枚邮票。
赢得,获得,努力取得
We treasure this dearly purchased victory.我们珍惜这次以惨重的代价换来的胜利。
purchase freedom with blood 以血的代价赢得自由
n.买,购买[U][C]
He worked all summer to save money for the purchase of a piano.
他工作了一整个夏天,为的是存钱买架钢琴。
所购之物[C]
He filled the car with his purchases.他把买的东西装满车子。
6 remain vi.[W]
剩下,余留A few pears remain on the trees.树上尚留有几颗梨子。
继续存在Little of the original architecture remains.
原先的建筑物几乎没有残留。
(人)留下;逗留She remained in her office all afternoon.她整个下午没有离开办公室。
保持,仍是[L]
This room remains cool all summer.这个房间整个夏天保持凉爽。
The death of the innkeeper still remains a mystery. 客栈老板之死仍然是个谜。
留待,尚待[+to-v]
Several problems remain to be solved.有好几个问题尚待解决。
属于,归属[(+with)]
The decision remains with the general manager.还得由总经理作决定。
【习惯用语】
it remains to be seen 尚待分晓
remain in 呆在家里
remain out 呆在外面, 留在户外
remain up 过了就寝时间还不去睡
remain with 在...的权限内, 属
【参考词汇】 remain stay
都指“继续停留”或“继续保持某种状态、关系或行动。”
remain 常可与stay 互换, 但它强调“继续停留于一处或保持原状态、情况性质而不改变”, 如: This place remains cool all summer. 这个地方整个夏天都凉爽。
stay强调“某人[物]继续留在原地而不离开”, 如:
He stayed to see the end of the game. 他一直呆到比赛结束。
7 deal n. 交易, (政治上的)密约, 待遇, 份量, <口>买卖
vt., vi. dealt, dealing (与with连用)对付;应付
How would you deal with an armed burglar? 遇到持有武器的盗贼,你将如何对付?
(与with连用)与…有贸易往来;与…做买卖
I've dealt with this shop for 20 years. 我同这家商店做生意已经有了。
(常与连用)关于;有关
a book dealing with West Africa 关于西非的一本书
(常与by, with连用)对待(某人)
dealt honorably by them 受到他的真诚对待
(与in连用)买卖;经销 [(+in/with)]
a shop that deals in goods of all kinds 经营各种货物的商店
(常与out, round连用)分配;分发 [(+to/out)]
The Red Cross dealt out food to hungry villagers.红十字会把食品分发给饥饿的村民。
Who dealt the cards? 谁发牌?
击 deal sb. a blow 打击某人
He dealt Jim a blow on the ear.他打了吉姆一记耳光。
【习惯用语】
make a deal with 与...做成一笔交易; 与...达成协议
do a deal with 与...做成一笔交易; 与...达成协议
That's a deal. 就这么办, 一言为定。
It's a deal. 就这么办, 一言为定。
deal in 从事于 ;经营, 做...买卖 ;分给(某人)一份
deal out 分配 ;给予; 执行
deal well with sb. 待某人好
deal with 与...交往(有生意往来) ;应付, 对付; 处理 ;论及, 涉及, 研究
a great deal许多
8【习惯用语】
go on the air 开始广播 on the air 正在广播; 开始播送 ;(电子计算机)在运转中
get off the air [停止]广播
in the air 在空中 ;(消息等)在传播, 在到处流行 ;(计划等)悬而未决 ;(事情)可能发生的
out of thin air 无中生有
up in the air 悬而未决 ;慌乱 ;非常激动; 发怒 非常高兴
9 certain adj. [只作表语]确凿的, 无疑的 ;可靠的
[只作表语, (+of/about)][+(that)][+wh-][+to-v]一定的, 必然的, 有把握的, 确信的; 一定会来到或发生的
[只作定语]某, 某一(些); 相当的, 一定程度的; 一些, 有点儿, 某种
for a certain reason 为了某种理由
a certain Smith 某个叫 史密斯的人
It is certain that two and two makes four. 二加二等于四是确定无疑的。
He is certain to come. 他一定会来的。
There was a certain coldness in her attitude towards me. 她对我的态度有点冷淡。
I'm quite certain of that.对那事我完全可以肯定。
I was certain that he had seen me.我肯定他已看见了我。
A certain person called on you yesterday.昨天有个人来拜访过你。
【习惯用语】
be certain of 确信, 深信
be certain to 必然; 一定
be not certain whether... 不能确定是否...
for certain 肯定地, 确凿地
make certain (of, that) 把...弄清楚, 把...弄确实, 保证
10 cure:可用作动词(vi.&vt.)和名词。主要义项有:治疗,治愈;矫正,革除;治疗法,治疗药;解决方法。
注意:cure不能直接跟双宾语,而应用cure sb. of sth.。
Eg. The doctor cured him of cancer.医生治愈了他的癌症。
What can’t be cured must be endured.[谚]无能为力之事只得忍耐。
a cure for unemployment 解决失业的办法
11 store vt. 贮存[(+up)]
Water is stored against the dry season.蓄水以备旱季使用。
保管,收存[(+away)]
The cabbages were stored in the basement.包心菜储藏在地下室里。
供应;装备[(+with)]
容纳;蓄有The barn will store five tons of grain.这个谷仓能放五吨粮食。
n.[C]贮存,贮藏[(+of)]
The grain here is for store.此处的粮食供储备用。
仓库,货栈【美】店铺,店;【英】大商店
Another auto store was opened in town yesterday.昨天镇上又开了一家汽车商行。
贮存品,备用品[P] They deal in household stores.他们经营家庭用品。
丰富,大量[(+of)]He has a great store of confidence.他信心十足。
【习惯用语】
in store 贮藏着; 备用; 等候着; 必将发生
in store for 就要落到..., 必将发生的, 注定的; 替某人准备着
Who knows what the future has in store for us? 谁知道我们将来会怎么样?
keep a store 开一个店
lay in stores for 贮备...; 为...准备着
out of store 耗尽, 售完
set great [little, no, not much] store by 重视[忽视, 不重视, 不太重视]
12 combine v. (使)联合, (使)结合
combine theory with practice 使理论与实践相结合
combine hydrogen with oxygen 使氢氧化合
Some films combine education with recreation.有些电影把教育与娱乐结合起来。
【习惯用语】
be combined in 化合成
be combined with 与...结合着
combine with... 把...与...结合起来
13 company n. 公司, 陪伴, (一)群, (一)队, (一)伙, 连, 连队
【习惯用语】
bear sb. company 陪伴某人
keep sb. company 陪伴某人
fall into company with 偶然和...结识
for company 陪着
give one's company 陪某人
have company 有客, 招待客人
in company (with)和...在一起
keep company with 和...常来往
know sb. by his company 观其友知其人
part company with 与...告别[有分歧; 绝交]
in the company of 在...陪同下
篇5:高二unit 1 语言点教案(人教版高一英语上册教案教学设计)
Warming up
1. Make a/no/some difference 有作用,关系,影响
The rain didn’t make much difference to the game. 这场雨对比赛没多大影响。
Your age shouldn’t make any difference to whether you get the job or not. 你能否得到工作与你的年龄无关。
Changing schools made a big difference to my life. 转学对我的一生有重大影响。
I don’t think it makes a lot of difference what color it is. 我认为颜色无关紧要。
2. undertake(undertook,undertaken) vt.承担 ,从事,负责;(允诺,答应 undertake to do )
例:He undertook the difficult task willingly.他欣然承担那项困难的工作。
1 will undertake the responsibility for you.我会为你负起责任。
He undertook to finish the job by Friday. 他答应星期五或之前完成这项工作。
Speaking
3. There is no doubt that. 毫无疑问 ..
例:There is no doubt that our team will win.我队获胜是毫无疑问的。
I don't doubt that we will win the game.(否定句用that)我不怀疑我们将会赢得这场比赛。
Do you doubt that he has passed the final examination ? (疑问句用that)你怀疑他已通过期末考试了吗?
I doubt whether he is the best man for the job.(肯定句用whether)我怀疑他是否是担任那项工作的最适当人选。
Reading
4. imagine 用法 (imagine (sb) doing, imagine that …. )
5. promising (形) 有希望的,有前途的,前途光明的
例:a promising actress有前途的女演员
6. give up
7. dream of /about /that
8. hope for / to do /that
9. There didn't seem much point in working on my PhD-I didn't expect to survive that long
取得博士学位对我来说没有什么意义,我没有期望活那么久。
1)PhD(Doctor of Philosophy ) 指“博士学位”
2)There is no point in doing sth.表示“做某事没有作用或没有意义”。
例:There is no point in arguing further. 继续争执下去没有意义了。
There is no point in protesting.It won’t help much.抗议没有什么用处,于事无补。
Expect 预料,预计,期待,盼望;期望 常用搭配:expect (sb) to do, expect that
3)Survive vi. 生存,存活 vt. 幸存,挺过,艰难度过
She was the last surviving member of the family. 她是这家人中仅存的一员。
Of the six people injured in the crash, only two survived. 因车祸受伤的6人中, 只有2人幸存。
The company managed to survive the crisis. 公司设法度过了危机。
Many birds didn’t survive the severe winter. 许多鸟死于这次严冬。
4)that在此处为副词,意为“那么”,可以修饰形容词。
例:I didn't expect he was that rude. 我没料到他会那么粗鲁。
10. In fact,things were going rather well for me and I had gotten engaged to a very nice girl,Jan Wilde.事实上,事情发展得还挺顺利。我和一位非常好的女孩简怀尔得订婚了。
get/be engaged to sb.“与某人订婚”
Did you hear they have got engaged last month? 你有没有听说他们上个月订婚的消息?
Be engaged in(on)+n./doing sth.从事(工作)的,忙于……的
例:She was engaged in protecting wild birds.她从事保护野生鸟类的工作。
He is now engaged on his second novel. 他正埋头写他的第二部小说。
be engaged (电话等)通话中的,占线中的,相当于美国英语的busy.
例:The line/number is engaged。线路被占用。
engagement n.订婚(to)
例:announce one's engagement to…宣布与…订婚
break off one's engagement解除婚约,解约
engagement ring订婚戒指(戴在左手无名指上)
11. Since then,Hawking has continued to seek answers to questions about the nature of the universe.从那时起,霍金就继续寻求关于宇宙特征的问题的答案。
seek+(for after)+名词 搜寻,寻找;寻求,探求;追求
例:They sought shelter from the rain.他们找寻避雨的地方。
He found it worthless to seek fame.他发现追求名声是不值得的。
We must seek (for) a solution to the problem 我们必须寻求解决问题的方法。
Seek to do 试图,设法
They quickly sought to distance themselves from the protester. 他们迅速设法远离抗议者。
12. Scientists,on the other hand,Hawking writes,know that their job is never finished and that even the best theory can turn out to be wrong.
霍金写到,从另一个方面说,科学家知道他们的工作是永无止境的,即使是最完美的理论,也可能是错误的。
Turn out to be“结果是”“最后的情况是”+副/+形/+to do/+that..
The weatherman said it was going to rain this afternoon but it turned out to be very lovely.天气预报说今天下午有雨,其实今天天气非常好。
Despite our worries everything turned out well. 尽管我们很担心, 一切都很顺利。
The lecture turned out to be very dull.讲座结果很无聊。
The rumor turned out (to be) true.那谣言后来证明是真的。
It turned out (that) two travelers had been killed 后来证实(查明)有两位旅客丧生。
turn out vt. (可分开用 ) 生产 (产品),出产
The factory can turn out l000cars a day. 这家工厂一天能生产1000辆汽车。
13. observe vt.观察,看到,注意到
She has observed the stars all her life. 她一生观察星体。
They observed the thief stealing /steal the money. 他们看见这个小偷偷了钱。(observe sb do /doing sth.)
vt. 遵守(规则,法律等)
language study
14. use sth up 用光
Making soup is a good way of using up leftover vegetables. 把剩下的蔬菜全部用来做汤是个好主意。
Integrating skills
15. Everyone has his or her special skills and interests,and only by discovering what we do best can we hope to reach our goals and truly make a difference.
每个人都有自己的专长和兴趣,只有发现自己的专长,我们才能期望达到自己的目标,真正与众不同。
Only修饰介词短语或从句时,要求倒装。
例:Only at that time did I realize its importance. 直到那时我才意识到它的重要性。
Only in this way can you make progress in your English study. 只有这样你才能在英语学习上取得进步。
Only修饰主语时,通常置于主语之前。
例:Only you understand me.只有你了解我。
Only修饰主语以外时,通常置于动词之前(有be动词、助动词时,则置于其后)
例:She only eats vegetables.她只吃蔬菜。
I only lent you the money.那笔钱我只是借给你(不是给你)。
He only works when he’s got homework. 他只在有家庭作业时才做功课。
I’ve only seen him once. 我只见过他一次。
语法:不定式易错点
1) 不定式动词在介词but,except,后面时,如果这些介词之前有行为动词do的各种形式,那么,这些介词后的不定式不带to,否则要带to。
例如: She could do nothing but cry.她只会哭了。
I have no choice but to go.我不得不走。
2)作定语的不定式如果是不及物动词,或者不定式所修饰的名词或代词是不定式动作的地点工具等,不定式后面须有相应的介词。例如:
He is looking for a room to live in . 他在找一个房间住。
There is nothing to worry about. 无什么可担心的。
Please give me a knife to cut with. 请给我把刀子来切东西。
3)当作定语的不定式所修饰的名词或代词是不定式动作的承受者时,不定式既可以用主动语态,也可用被动语态,但其意义有所不同。试比较:
A)Have you anything to send?你有什么东西要寄吗?(不定式tosend的动作执行者是you)
B)Have you anything to be sent?你有什么要(我或别人)寄的东西吗?(不定式to be sent的动作执行者是已被省略的me或someone else)
4)不定式修饰的名词或代词和不定式逻辑上构成主谓关系时,不定式往往用主动形式。
Have you got a key to unlock the door? 你有开门的钥匙吗?
5)不定式和它前面被修饰的名词或代词构成逻辑上的动宾关系,又和该句主语构成逻辑上的主谓关系时,不定式常用主动形式。
I have got a letter to write. 我有封信要写。
He needs a room to live in. 他需要间屋子住。
6)不定式作表语形容词的状语,和句中的主语构成逻辑上的动宾关系时,不定式多用主动形式,这是因为人们往往认为形容词后省去了for one或for people.例如:
He is hard to talk to.很难跟他交谈。
The book is difficult to understand.这本书很难懂。
但如果强调句中的受事者时,亦可用不定式被动句。例如:
The handwriting is very difficult to be read. 这字太难认读了。
The box is to heavy to be lifted. 这箱子太重举不起来。
7)在there be结构中,当说话人考虑的是必须有人去完成某件事时,不定式用主动形式,如果说话人强调的是事情本身必须完成,则用被动形式。
There is a lot of work to do. (Somebody has to do the work.)
There is a lot of work to be done.(The work has to be done.)
请注意下面两个句子的含义是不同的:
There is nothing to do.意为无事可做,感到十分乏味。
There is nothing to be done.意为某东西坏了,无法使之恢复正常。
Unit 1 知识清单
Warming up
1. Make a/no/some difference 意义是什么?
The rain didn’t make much difference to the game.
Your age shouldn’t make any difference to whether you get the job or not.
Changing schools made a big difference to my life.
I don’t think it makes a lot of difference what color it is.
2. undertake过去式和过去分词形式是什么?两个常用意思是什么?
例:He undertook the difficult task willingly.
1 will undertake the responsibility for you.
He undertook to finish the job by Friday.
3. There is no doubt(毫无疑问 ..) 后面的同位语从句的连词是什么?.
There is no doubt_______ our team will win.我队获胜是毫无疑问的。
I don't doubt_______we will win the game.(否定句用_______)我不怀疑我们将会赢得这场比赛。
Do you doubt_______ he has passed the final examination ? (疑问句用that)你怀疑他已通过期末考试了吗?
I doubt_______ he is the best man for the job.(肯定句用_______)我怀疑他是否是担任那项工作的最适当人选。
Reading
4. imagine 用法是什么?
5. promising (形) 是什么意思?
例:a promising actress
6. give up是什么意思?
7. dream 常用搭配有哪些?
8. hope for / to do /that 分别是什么意思?
9。 PhD(Doctor of Philosophy ) 指“__________”
10. There is no point in doing sth.表示“__________”。
例:There is no point in arguing further.
There is no point in protesting.It won’t help much.
11. Expect 有哪些意思? 常用搭配有哪些?
12. Survive vi. ________ vt. _________________
She was the last surviving member of the family.
Of the six people injured in the crash, only two survived.
The company managed to survive the crisis.
Many birds didn’t survive the severe winter.
13. There didn't seem much point in working on my PhD-I didn't expect to survive that long 这里that 用法是什么?
14. get/be engaged to sb.意思是“_____________”; 而 Be engaged in(on)+n./doing sth.意思是_____________________.
Did you hear they have got engaged last month?
例:She was engaged in protecting wild birds.
He is now engaged on his second novel.
be engaged (电话等________________,相当于美国英语的busy.
engagement n. (to) 是什么意思?
例:announce one's engagement to; break off one's engagement; engagement ring
15. seek+(for after)+名词 意思是什么?
例:They sought shelter from the rain.
He found it worthless to seek fame.
We must seek (for) a solution to the problem
Seek to do 意思是什么?
They quickly sought to distance themselves from the protester. 他们迅速设法远离抗议者。
16. Turn out to be+副/+形/+to do/+that..是什么意思?
The weatherman said it was going to rain this afternoon but it turned out to be very lovely.
Despite our worries everything turned out well.
The lecture turned out to be very dull.
The rumor turned out (to be) true.
It turned out (that) two travelers had been killed
turn out vt. 还有什么意思?
The factory can turn out l000cars a day. 这家工厂一天能生产1000辆汽车。
17. observe vt. 意思是_____________ 作为感官动词常用的搭配是_________
She has observed the stars all her life.
They observed the thief stealing /steal the money.
vt. ______________ 如:observe the law
18. use sth up 意思是___________
Making soup is a good way of using up leftover vegetables.
19. only 在句子中的位置一般在哪里?另外,只要在句首就倒装吗?
20. 语法:不定式易错点
1) 不定式动词在介词but,except后面时,要注意哪些问题?
例如: She could do nothing but cry.
I have no choice but to go.
2)研究以下例句,说出做定语的不定式需要注意的问题。
He is looking for a room to live in . 他在找一个房间住。
There is nothing to worry about. 无什么可担心的。
Please give me a knife to cut with. 请给我把刀子来切东西。
3)试比较下面的例句,它们在意义上有什么区别?
A)Have you anything to send?
B)Have you anything to be sent?
4)不定式修饰的名词或代词经常用主动形式还是被动形式?
如:Have you got a key to unlock the door?
I have got a letter to write.
He needs a room to live in.
6)不定式作表语形容词的状语,和句中的主语构成逻辑上的动宾关系时,不定式多用主动形式还是被动形式?
如: He is hard to______.A talk to B be talked with 很难跟他交谈。
The book is difficult to. A understand B be understood 这本书很难懂。
7)在there be结构中,to do 做定语要注意些什么?
There is a lot of work to do. (Somebody has to do the work.)
There is a lot of work to be done.(The work has to be done.)
请注意下面两个句子的含义是不同的:
There is nothing to do.
There is nothing to be done.
篇6:高二上unit 10语言点教案(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
I. Listening & Speaking
1. How does nature form a danger to people in the world and how can science help reduce that threat?
Reduce 1)vt.(数量;力量等)减小;缩小;降低价格 She reduced her weight by 5 kg.
2)使成为(多用于被动语态,且与to连用) The house was reduced to ashes.
He was reduced to begging.
2. scare/frighten sb. 使某人害怕 be scared/ frightened/ afraid of sb./ sth. 害怕某人/某物
a scared/ frightened face/ look/ eyes充满恐惧的脸/神色/眼神(此人感到害怕)
a scaring/ frightening face/look/ eyes吓人的脸/神色/眼神(令别人害怕)
be scared/ frightened to death吓得要死
拓展 terrifying/terrified (可怕的/感到害怕的) exciting/excited (令人激动的/激动的)
surprising/surprised(令人吃惊的/吃惊的) moving/moved (使人感动的/感动的)
touching/touched (使人感动的/感动的) puzzling/puzzled (使人迷惑的/迷惑的)
3. It makes my hair stand on end.
stand on end直立,竖着 on end 1)直立;竖直地
It will fit if you lift it on end.如果把它竖着就合适了
2)连续的;继续的
He sat there for hours on end. It has been snowing on end for a week.
II. Reading
1. attract/ draw sb’s attention 引起某人的注意
attract/ draw sb’s attention to将某人的注意力吸引到…上去
pay attention to/ give one’s attention to注意… call sb’s attention to叫某人注意…
bring sth. to sb’s attention使某人注意…
2 sight 1)景象,景物, 场景, 景观 a beautiful sight美丽的景象 a sad sight悲惨的场景
2) 风景,名胜(人工造的景色, 常用复数) see the sights游览名胜see the sights of the West Lake.观赏西湖风景
3)视觉,视力 lose one's sight 失明 have long/far sight远视 have short/near sight近视
have good/poor sight视力好/差 have one’s sight tested视力检查
4) 看,观望;观览at first sight 一见就..., 初次看见时at the sight of一看见…就... catch /have/ gain/ get sight of突然瞥见
5) 视野,眼界 be in sight可看得见的,在视线内out of sight看不见的,在视线之外 be/ go /get out of sight看不见了lose sight of 看不见...了
scene 1)自然景色,风景The scene is a perfect dream when you see the sun rising slowly in the east.
2)眼前的情景,景象(包括人及活动在内)The scene after the earthquake was horrible.地震后的场景十分可怕。
There is a happy scene of children playing in the garden.孩子们在花园里玩耍,好一派欢乐的景象。
3)现场,出事地点a crowd at the scene of the accident在出事地点的人群
4)场所,地点What's new on the film scene?电影院演什么新片?
5)(戏剧)场景,布景
view 1)常指从某处可以看到的自然景色 It's a room with a view. You'll like it. There is a lovely view from this window
2)a point of view观点
scenery指某地总的自然风景或景色,尤指美丽的乡间景色。不可数 。
I hope one day I will have a long holiday and go to a far-away village to enjoy the beautiful scenery.
3. awake vt.(awoke,awaked) 唤起,叫醒;提醒,启发;激起,激发 awake sb.'s sympathy唤起某人的同情心
adj. [用作表语,补语] 醒着的;意识到 be broad /wide awake完全醒着;完全知道, 充分觉察到 (be sound asleep酣睡)
awake to 明白, 认识或意识到
It took her some to awake to the dangers of her situation.过了一段时间她才意识到她处境的危险
4 at hand在手边;在跟前 Help was at hand. 援助近在咫尺
keep sth. at hand把某物放在手边 have sth. at hand手头上有某物
give sb. a hand with sth.在某方面帮某人 be made by hand手工制作的
5。There was no way out except by boat.
way out(克服困难的)办法,出路
find a way out找到出路 help sb. out (of)帮助某人摆脱(…)麻烦
6.escape 常见搭配:escape doing , a narrow escape
7. urge sb. to do sth.= urge sb. into doing sth =urge that sb. (should) do sth. 极力劝/主张/催促/怂恿某人做某事
①他们怂恿我吃那些奇怪的食物。 They urged me to eat the strange food.
②他力劝我们忍耐是必要的。 He urged us on the necessity of patience.
③他主张我向她道歉。 He urged that I (should ) apologize to her.
8. on/ upon arrival一到就
on/ upon one’s arrival at/ in sp= on/ upon arriving at/ in sp 某人一到某地就
on/ upon doing sth.在做某事时,当某事发生时,一做某事就
immediately 立即,马上(at once)
When she heard the good news she came immediately. 一听到好消息,她立刻就来了。
“一……就….”表达法: immediately/ instantly… the moment, instant, minute, second… hardly/scarcely (no sooner)…when (than)…
Immediately he returned from the USA, he began to prepare for a company. 他一从美国回来就开始准备开公司
III. Integrating skills
1. knock about/ around(口语)漫游;闲逛
knock against / on sth 撞,碰;knock into; knock out of;
2. be up发生;出事 What's up怎么了, 发生什么啦? What's up to sb.?某人怎么了, 发生什么啦?
be up to1)胜任, 适于 be up to one’s work胜任某人的工作
2)从事于,忙于,做(坏事)What in the world are you up to?你到底在搞什么鬼?
3)It’s up to sb. to do sth.该由/轮到某人做某事,做某事取决于某人
The success of this project is up to us.这个项目的成败取决于我们
4)(数目)到…之多 up to 100 men可达一百人
up to直到 up to now/ then知道现在/那时
3. do for sb./ sth. “破坏, 使…失败.”
1) The spelling mistake in the exam did for him.
2) The factory will be done for it if capital can’t arrive in fifteen days.
若资金不能在十五天内到位,工厂就完了。
do for “ 设法弄到” 常用于how , what 开头的疑问句中.
eg. How did you do for food when you were in the desert?
Unit 10 Frightening nature
I. Listening & Speaking
1. How does nature form a danger to people in the world and how can science help reduce that threat?
Reduce 1)vt._______________ She reduced her weight by 5 kg.
2)使成为(多用于被动语态,且与to连用)
The house was reduced to ashes. He was reduced to begging.
2. scare/frighten sb. 使某人害怕 be scared/ frightened/ afraid of sb./ sth. 害怕某人/某物
a scared/ frightened face/ look/ eyes_______________
a scaring/ frightening face/look/ eyes_______________
be scared/ frightened to death_______________
拓展 terrifying/terrified (_______________) exciting/excited (_______________)
surprising/surprised(_______________) moving/moved (_______________)
touching/touched (_______________) puzzling/puzzled (_______________)
exercise:
(1.)__the big snake, the girl stood under the tree___.
A. Seeing ;frightened B. Seeing ; frightening C. Seen; frightened D. To see; frightening
(2.)The movie was so___that I was___.
A. moving; moved B. moved; moved C. moved; moving D. moving; moving
3. It makes my hair stand on end. stand on end直立,竖着
on end 1) _______________ It will fit if you lift it on end.
2)_______________ He sat there for hours on end. It has been snowing on end for a week.
II. Reading
1. sight 1)景象,景物, 场景, 景观 a beautiful sight美丽的景象 a sad sight悲惨的场景
2) 风景,名胜(人工造的景色, 常用复数) see the sights_______________see the sights of the West Lake. _______________
3)视觉,视力 lose one's sight _________ have long/far sight_______ have short/near sight_______
4) 看,观望;观览at first sight _________at the sight of_________. catch /have/ gain/ get sight of_________
5) 视野,眼界 be in sight_________out of sight_________ be/ go /get out of sight_________lose sight of _________
scene 1)自然景色,风景The scene is a perfect dream when you see the sun rising slowly in the east.
2)眼前的情景,景象(包括人及活动在内)The scene after the earthquake was horrible.
There is a happy scene of children playing in the garden.
3)现场,出事地点a crowd at the scene of the accident
4)场所,地点What's new on the film scene?
5)(戏剧)场景,布景
view 1)常指从某处可以看到的自然景色 It's a room with a view. You'll like it. There is a lovely view from this window
2)a point of view观点
scenery指某地总的自然风景或景色,尤指美丽的乡间景色。不可数 。
I hope one day I will have a long holiday and go to a far-away village to enjoy the beautiful scenery.
2. awake vt.(awoke, awaken) 唤起,叫醒;提醒,启发;激起,激发 awake sb.'s sympathy唤起某人的同情心
adj. [用作表语,补语] 醒着的;意识到 be broad /wide awake_________ (be sound asleep酣睡)
awake to 明白, 认识或意识到
It took her some to awake to the dangers of her situation.
3 at hand_________________ Help was at hand. _________
keep sth. at hand_________ have sth. at hand_________give sb. a hand with sth. _________ be made by hand_________
4。There was no way out except by boat.
way out_________
find a way out找到出路 help sb. out (of)帮助某人摆脱(…)麻烦
5.escape 常见搭配:escape doing , a narrow escape
6. urge sb. to do sth.= urge sb. into doing sth =urge that sb. (should) do sth. 极力劝/主张/催促/怂恿某人做某事
They urged me to eat the strange food. He urged us on the necessity of patience.
He urged that I (should ) apologize to her.
7. on/ upon arrival_________
on/ upon one’s arrival at/ in sp= on/ upon arriving at/ in sp 某人一到某地就
on/ upon doing sth.在做某事时,当某事发生时,一做某事就
immediately 立即,马上(at once)
When she heard the good news she came immediately. 一听到好消息,她立刻就来了。
“一……就….”表达法:_________; _________; _________; _________
Immediately he returned from the USA, he began to prepare for a company. 他一从美国回来就开始准备开公司
III. Integrating skills
1. knock about/ around(口语)_________
knock against / on sth 撞,碰;knock into; knock out of;
4. be up_________ What's up怎么了, 发生什么啦? What's up to sb.?某人怎么了, 发生什么啦?
be up to1)_________ be up to one’s work胜任某人的工作
2)_________ What in the world are you up to?你到底在搞什么鬼?
3)It’s up to sb. to do sth. _________ The success of this project is up to us.
4)_________ up to 100 men
5) up to_________ up to now/ then_________
2. do for sb./ sth. “_________.”
1) The spelling mistake in the exam did for him.
2) The factory will be done for if capital can’t arrive in fifteen days.
do for “ 设法弄到” 常用于how , what 开头的疑问句中.
eg. How did you do for food when you were in the desert?
语法:省略句与高考
省略句在高考中的体现:
1. --- Go for a picnic this weekend, OK?
--- ______. I love getting close to nature.(福建)
A. I couldn’t agree more B. I’m afraid not C. I believe not D. I don’t think so
2. --- Susan, will you please go and empty that drawer ?
--- _______? (2004 全国I 卷) A. What for B. What is it C. How is it D. How come
3. It is easy to do the repair. ________ you need is a hammer and some nails. (2004天津高考)
A. Something B. All C. Both D. Everything
4. Unless ______ to speak, you should remain silent at the conference. (上海春季高考)
A. invited B. inviting C. being invited D. having invited
5. The man we followed suddenly stopped and looked as if____ whether he was going in the right direction. (20北京春季)
A. seeing B. having seen C. to have seen D. to see
6. Though ______ money, his parents managed to send him to university. ( 年上海高考)
A. lacked B. lacking of C. lacking D. lacked in
7. When ______, the museum will be open to the public next year. ( 上海春季高考)
A. completed B. completing C. being completed D. to be completed
8. He made another wonderful discovery, ____ of great importance to science. ( 上海高考)
A. which I think is B. which I think it is C. which I think itD. I think is
9. If ________ the same treatment again, he is sure to get well. (上海高考)
A. giving B. give C. given D. being given
10.--- Alice, why didn't you come yesterday ?
---I ________, but I had an unexpected visitor. (NMET)
A. had B. would C. was going to D. did
Key:1-5. AABAD 6-10. CAACC
在英语中,为了使句子简洁明快,突出重点,常用“省略句”,只要不影响句意的表达,能省略的成分尽可能省略。
一、在含有状语从句的复合句中
由when,while,as, once,whenever引导的时间状语从句;或由if,unless引导的条件状语从句;由though,although,even if ,even though引导的让步状语从句;由as though,as if,as引导的方式状语从句;由because引导的原因状语从句;由wherever引导的地点状语从句,若从句的主句是it或与主句的主语相同,且在谓语中含有be时,常省略从句的主语和be。
1. When first ________ to the market, these products enjoyed great success. (NMET 2004全国卷II)
A. introducing B. introduced C. introduce D. being introduced
2. It shames me to say it, but I told a lie when ________ at the meeting by my boss. (NMET 2004全国卷IV) A. questioning B. having questioned C. questioned D. to be questioned
3. The man we followed suddenly stopped and looked as if ________ whether he was going in the right direction. (NMET 安徽春) A. seeing B. having seen C. to have seen D. to see
4. Generally speaking, ________ according to the directions, the drug has no side effect. (NMET2003上海卷) A. when taking B. when taken C. when to take D. when to be taken
5. Unless ________ to speak, you should remain silent at the conference. (NMET 2003上海春)
A. invited B. inviting C. being invited D. having invited
6. When ________ , the museum will be open to the public next year. (NMET 2002上海春)
A. completed B. completing C. being completed D. to be completed
7. Though ________ money, his parents man-aged to send him to university. (NMET 2002上海卷)
A. lacked B. lacking of C. lacking D. lacked in
8. The research is so designed that once ________ nothing can be done to change it. (NMET 2002)
A. begins B. having begun C. beginning D. begun
二、在限定性定语从句中
作宾语的关系代词that,which,whom可以省略;在以the same... as和such... as引导的定语从句中,可以省略与主句相同的部分;the way后面的定语从句中,可以省略that,in which;在含被动语态的定语从句中,关系代词作主语时,可以省略关系代词和be,省略之后,变成过去分词短语作定语。
9. -You 're always working. Come on, let's go shopping.
- ________ you ever want to do is going shopping. (NMET 2002北京、安徽、内蒙古春)
A. Anything B. Something C. All D. That
10. Is this the reason ________ at the meeting for his carelessness in his work?(NMET 2002上海春)
A. he explained B. what he explained C. how he explained D. why he explained
11. What surprised me was not what he said but ________ he said it. (NMET 2004湖北卷)
A. the way B. in the way that C. in the way D. the way which
12. It is easy to do the repair. ________ you need is a hammer and some nails. (NMET 2004天津卷)
A. Something B. All C. Both D. Everything
13. That's an unpleasant thing to say about your father after ________ he's done for you. (NMET 2004全国卷) A. something B. anything C. all D. that
三、在感官动词或短语中
在see,watch,hear,feel,observe,notice,listen to等感官动词或短语及make,have,let等使役动词之后的“宾语+不定式作宾语补足语” 结构中,不定式前省略to;有时为了避免重复,常省略与上文表达相同意思的不定式符号to之后的内容,只保留不定式符号;不定式在tell,ask, advise, wish, permit, force等动词后面作宾语补足语或主语补足语时,可以省略,但要保留不定式符号to;不定式在happy,glad,eager,ready,willing等形容词后面作状语时,可以省略,但要保留不定式符号to。
14. As you've never been there before, I'll have someone ________ you the way. (MET 1990上海卷)
A. to show B. show C. showing D. showed
15. -I'll be away on a business trip. Would you mind looking after my cat?
-Not at all, ________ . (NMET 1995)
A. I have no time B. I'd rather not C. I'd like it D. I'd be happy to
16. -Does your brother intend to study German?
-Yes, he intends ________ . (NMET 1998上海卷)
A. / B. to C. so D. that
17. -Would you like to go to the Grand Theatre with me tonight?
- ________ . (NMET 上海卷)
A. Yes, I'd like to go to the Grand Theatre B. I'd like to, but I have an exam tomorrow
C. No, I won't D. That's right
18. -You should have thanked her before you left.
-I meant ________ , but when I was leaving I couldn't find her anywhere. (NMET 北京春招卷) A. to do B. to C. doing D. doing to
四、在if引导的虚拟条件句中
在if引导的虚拟语气条件句中含有had,were,should时,可以把had,were,should放在句首,省略if。
19. ________ it rain tomorrow, we would have to put off the visit to the Yangpu Bridge. (NMET 1994上海卷) A. Were B. Should C. Would D. Will
20. ________ for the free tickets, I would not have gone to the films so often. (NMET 1995上海卷)
A. If it is not B. Were C. Had it not been D. If they were not
五、在否定结构中
由nor,neither等引导的连续否定的句子也是一种省略句,这种句子在意思上与前面的句子是相同的,而且主谓用倒装。
21. I will never know what was on his mind at the time, nor will ________ . (NMET 2004 江苏卷)
A. anyone B. anyone else C. no one D. no one else
22. Of the making of good books there is no end; neither ________ any end to their influence on man's lives. (NMET 2004 广东卷) A. there is B. there are C. is there D. are there
23. -I would never come to this restaurant again. The food is terrible!
- ________ . (NMET 2004全国卷III)
A. Nor am I B. Neither would I C. Same with me D. So do I
Key:
1-5 BCDBA 6-10 AADCA 11-15 ABCBD 16-20 BBBBC 21-23 BCB
六. 不定式结构中的省略
在同一个句子或联系紧密的对话中,为了避免重复,作宾语或补足语的不定式再次出现时,不定式符号to后面的内容常常被省略,只保留不定式符号to。常用于动词refuse, would like, would love, wish, want, hope, expect, intend以及形容词afraid, happy, glad, willing, ready等之后。
The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him ________.
A. not to B. not to do C. not do it D. do not to 答案: A
注意:如果承前省略的不定式内容有be或作助动词的have时,不定式符号to后要保留be或have。
-Are you a farmer? -No, but I used to be.
七。替代省略
用it, one, that替代句子中重复出现的名词、代词或句子;用so, neither / nor引起的分句,表示前面的情况也适用于后者。
1. --- You haven’t lost the ticket, have you ?
--- ______. I know it’s not easy to get another one at the moment. (2004江苏高考)
A. I hope notB. Yes, I have C. I hope soD. Yes, I’m afraid so
2. --- The boys are not doing a good job at all, are they ?
--- ________. (2003北京春)
A. I guess not so B. I don’t guess C. I don’t guess soD. I guess not
3.--- I believe we’ve met somewhere before .
--- No, ________. (2000北京春)
A. it isn’t the same B. it can’t be trueC. I don’t think so D. I’d rather not
Key:1.A 2.D 3.C
简析 替代词so / not用于避免重复前面所说过的内容,代替肯定的名词性从句。可与动词believe , do, expect, fear, guess, hope, say, speak, suppose, think 等及 I’m afraid连用。肯定时上列动词都可与so 搭配,否定时hope与guess 只用I hope not 和I guess not 形式,而think ,believe , suppose 等词可有两种否定形式 ,即:I think not 或I don’t think so.
例 --- Is he going to study abroad?
--- I believe so. ( so = he is going to study abroad )
We needed a new cupboard for the kitchen. So Peter made ________ from some wood we had.
A. it B. one C. himself D. another
-I would never come to this restaurant again. The food is terrible! -________.
A. Nor am I B. Neither would I C. Same with me D. So do I
答案:① B ② B
八。 答语中的省略
1. 有时为了避免重复,可用so或that作替代语,替代前面所说的内容。可用于动词think, believe, hope, suppose, expect, guess, imagine以及be afraid, of course, certainly, perhaps等后面。
-You haven\'t lost the ticket, have you? -________. I know it\'s not easy to get another one at the moment.
A. I hope not B. Yes, I have C. I hope so D. Yes, I\'m afraid so 答案: A
2. 含有情态动词的答语中可以使用省略回答,只保留情态动词;情态动词后有be或作助动词的have时,保留be或have。
-I don't mind telling you what I know. -You ________. I'm not asking you for it.
A. mustn't B. may not C. can't D. needn't 答案: D
3. 疑问句中的省略回答。
①-Susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.
-Why ________? John is sitting there doing nothing.
A. him B. he C. I D. me
②-What do you think made Mary so upset? -________ her bicycle.
A. As she lost B. Lost C. Losing D. Because of losing 答案:① D ② C
4. 祈使句中的省略回答。
-Write to me when you get home. -________.
A. I must B. I should C. I will D. I can 答案: C
九。 会话中的省略
例: 1.--- Guess what ! I came across an old friend at the party last night.
--- ______. I’m sure you had a wonderful time. (2004辽宁)
A. Sounds good! B. Very wellC. How nice !D. All right !
2.--- Let’s go and have a good drink tonight.
--- _____ Have you got the first prize in the competition? (2004重庆)
A. What for ? B. Thanks a lot .C. Yes, I’d like toD. Why not ?
3. ---Brad was Jane’s brother!
--- _____ he reminded me so much of Jane ! (2004浙江)
A. No doubtB. Above all C. No wonderD. Of course
4. If you are planning to spend your money having fun this week, better ____ it -- you’ve got some big bills coming. (2004广东高考)
A. forgetB. forgotC. forgettingD. to forget
Key:1.C 2.A 3.C 4.A
简析省略在会话中广泛应用,解题时应按照问话或答语的具体内容补充完整, 做好该类题型一是要注意上下文语境,二是要注意常见句式的省略。英语中常见句式的省略有:
1.It is … (that…) 强调句式中that 部分省略。2.(It is) No wonder … ( 难怪…)
3.(Is there) Anything else ?
4.(You’d) Better do
5.have some difficulty( in) doing, prevent sb (from) doing sth 等词组中介词在口语中常省略
例:1.--- Where did you see him last night?
--- It was in the hotel ____ he stayed.
A. where B. that C. which D. /
2. You can’t imagine the great difficulty I had _____ your house.
A. finding B. found C. to find D. find key1.A2.A
简析第1题可以补全强调句式that 部分: It was in the hotel where he stayed that I saw him last night. hotel 后为定语从句。
第2题是对have difficulty in doing sth 词组置于定语从句的考查,介词in 的省略加大了该题的难度。
篇7:高二上unit 8语言点教案(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
warming up
1.aid n (1)帮助;援助 first aid 急救
(2)帮助者;有帮助的事物
An English-Chinese Dictionary is an important aid in learning the English. 一本英汉词典是学习英语的重要工具。
习惯用语 do/ give/ offer first aid to sb.对某人进行急救 go to sb’s aid援救某人
在某人的帮助下 with the aid of sb== with sb’s aid in aid of 支持,援助 raising fund in aid of the sick 募捐帮助病人 what's it all in aid of? 这是为了什么目的?
aid vt 帮助;援助 I aided him with money. 我资助了他。
help, assist, aid的区别
help, assist, aid这组动词同义词的相应名词分别为 help (helper),assistance(assistant), aid, 它们都有“帮助”的意思。
(1)help和另外两个词的差别在于,help 含有比较强的“目的”意义。如果你失眠,服安眠药则有助于你入睡,这里包含着目的
A short while ago, my sister helped me to carry one of my old bookcases up the stairs.
片刻之前,我妹妹帮我把我的一只旧书橱抬上了楼。
May I help you to some more meat? 让我再给你一些肉好吗?
…but he was too busy helping himself to diamonds to notice any pain.……
但是他光忙着捞金刚石,顾不上感到疼痛了。
(2)assist从词源学角度讲,是“站在旁边”的意思,它清楚地包含着这种帮助只起着次要的作用
He assisted the professor in compiling the dictionary. 他帮助那位教授编了那本词典。
The assistant who served her did not like the way she was dressed.
接待她的那个店员不喜欢她的打扮。
(3)aid含有接受帮助者因为弱小而需要帮助的意思。
The Red Cross often aids flood victims. 红十字会常常帮助受水灾的难民。
2.drown vt. , vi (1)把...淹死 (2)使湿透; 淹没; 浸湿 (3)消除(忧愁等); 解(闷) (4)使沉溺于; 使迷恋(in) (5)搀淡; 冲淡(饮料等); (加水)化开(生石灰); 往...里加太多的水
be [get] drowned淹死, 溺死; drown oneself投水(自杀); eyes drowned in tears泪汪汪的眼晴
drown one's cares in wine以酒解忧; be drowned in fishing对钓鱼入迷了
The cheers of the audience drowned the professor's voice. 听众的欢呼声淹没了这位教授的声音。
Don't drown my whisky. 不要在我的威士忌酒里加太多的水。
3.accident/ incident/ event
1). accident 指意外或偶然发生的事故,特别是不幸的,有损害性的事故。
e.g. He was killed in a traffic accident.
注:accident为可数名词,前面可加不定冠词an,表示“一个”“一次”,习惯用语by accident为“偶然”,相当于by chance.
e.g. I met her in the street by accident, yet she had a bad accident three days ago.
我在大街上偶尔碰见过她,然而三天前她却遭遇了一场严重的事故。
2). incident 泛指不重要的事件,还可以指政治上有影响的重大事件。
e.g. I remember an incident that took place in Mr. Li’s class.我记得发生在李先生课上的一件事。
The Lugouqiao Incident broke out in July 7th, 1937. 1937年7月7日爆发了卢沟桥事变。
3). event 指重要事件,特别是有历史意义的重大事件
How to develop the western part of China well is an important event.如何开发好中国的西部是一项重要的活动。
4.choke vi, vt choked, choking (1)使窒息;闷死;使不能呼吸
The smoke from the stove almost choked me.炉子里发出的烟呛得我几乎透不过气来。
The madman choked his own child to death.疯子把他自己的孩子掐死了。
(2)塞住;堵塞;阻塞 The pipe was choked by cotton. 管子被棉花堵住了。
(3)(常与back连用)抑制,忍住(怒气、眼泪等)
5.catch fire: begin to burn be on fire: be burning
e.g. The house caught fire last night. The house is on fire.
注:catch fire 强调着火的动作,为瞬间动词词组,不可和表示一段时间的时间状语连用,无被动形式;be on fire 表静态,作表语或定语,可与表示一段时间的时间状语连用。
Ex: The forest caught fire last week. It is still on fire.
复习:1). set fire to sth./ set sth. on fire e.g. The robbers set fire to the bank after robbing.
2). play with fire 3). go through fire and water (for) 为…赴汤蹈火 4). be on fire for 对…充满热情
5). fire n. v. 着火,开枪,开除 (dismiss )
firework 烟火,烟火晚会 fireplace 火炉 fireman/fire fighter 消防员 fire escape 太平梯
6.container n. 容器 contain vt.包含,容纳 containment n. 包含
contain / include
e.g. The book contains 10 units. The book doesn’t include Unit 11.
Six were killed, including the boy. (连那小孩在内六人丧生。)
7.electrical adj. 电的,与电有关的 (of/ concerned with electricity)
electricity n.电流 electric adj. 发电的,使用电的 (using electrical power) electronic adj. 电子的
I want to buy an electric fan. (可不讲) This machine has an electrical fault. 这台机器有电器故障。
Reading
1.upside n.上边,上部 downside right side left side
upside-down adj/adv 1). 上下翻转过来 e.g. hold a book upside-down 倒拿着书
2). <口>乱七八糟的,毫无条理的 e.g. He has an upside-down way of doing things. 他做事毫无条理。
Burglars had turned the house upside-down.. 窃贼把房子翻得乱七八糟。
2.as if/ though
1)引导的从句如果是事实过可能性大,多用陈述语气。常于look, seem, taste, smell, sound,ect.搭配
e.g. It looks as if it is going to rain. It seems as if the boy has lost his way.
2)从句如果是主观想象或夸大比喻,与事实不合,常用虚拟语气。
e.g. He looks as if he were ill.(其实没病) He walks as if he were drunk. 他走路的样子象喝醉了。
He is a happy-go-luck(无忧无虑的) man as if he has no worries and cares in the world.
The young man with long hair looks as if he were a woman.
3.witness n. (1)(=eyewitness)目击者; (在法庭上经过宣誓的)证人 (2)[主要用于give witness, bear witness]证据, 证明; 证词 (3)[常省略定冠词]【律】连署人, 证人
a witness of the accident 事件的目击者;
These facts are a witness to his carelessness.这些事实证明了他的粗心。
She gave witness on behalf of the accused person.她替被告作证。
Witness vt. (1)亲眼看见, 目睹 (2)连署, 签名作证 (3)表明, 显示 (4)证明 (5)经历
She witnessed the accident.她亲眼看见该事故。 They witnessed the will.他们在遗嘱上连署。
Her blush witnessed her agitation.她脸红表示了她的激动。
None could witness that he was present.没有人能证明他在场。
He has witnessed many battles.他经历过多次战争。
4. count (count for)重要,(count sb/sth as) 认为,看作,被视作
Every point in this game counts. 这场比赛每一场比赛都很重要。
The fact that she had apologized counted for nothing with him. 她已经道歉,但他认为这是没有用的。
For tax purposes that money counts / is counted as income. 那笔钱算作收入,需要纳税。
[vn] I count him among my closest friends. 我把他看作一个最亲密的朋友。
[vn-adj] I count myself lucky to have known him. 我觉得很幸运。
[vn-n] She counts herself one of the lucky ones. 她认为自己是一个幸运者。
5.keep in mind
keep/ bear/ have sth in mind: remember sth She doesn’t seem to keep the matter in mind.
相关短语: change one’s mind e.g. Nothing will make me change my mind.
make up one’s mind e.g. I’ve made up my mind to be a doctor.
keep in touch with e.g. I keep in touch with my friend by internet.
keep in with 和…保持友谊 e.g. She still keeps in with her former husband.
5.calm vt. 使镇定, 使平静 The mother calmed her child. 母亲使孩子安静下来。
Calm vi. 镇定下来,平静下来The crying child soon calmed down.哭闹的小孩不多一会就安静下来。
Calm adj平静的
The sea was calm after the storm. 经过这场风暴后,大海平静下来了。
After the storm it became calm again.暴风雨过后,天气又恢复平静无风。
The sea was calm at the beginning of our voyage.我们出海时,海上风平浪静。
He was calm when I told him the bad news. 当我告诉他这个坏消息时,他很平静。
n. the calm before the storm
同义词 calm ,silent, quiet, still 都含 “平静的”意思。
calm主要用于气候、海洋“ 风平浪静的”, 也可指人表示“安静的”、“镇静的”, 如:
The sky is blue, and the sea is calm.天空碧兰, 海上风平浪静。
Although she was frightened, she answered with a calm voice. 虽然她害怕, 但还是用平静的声音回答。
quiet 指“没有吵闹声的”、“ 没有噪音的”,它强调“声音很低、很少”或“全然无声”, 如:
He had a quiet life.他过着宁静的生活。
still 指“没声音的”、“没动静的”, 常与躺(lie)、坐(sit)、站(stand)、保持(keep/remain)等静态动词连用, 如: the still hours before dawn 黎明前的寂静时刻。
The students sat still, listening to the teacher. 学生们一动不动地坐着听老师讲课。
silent 主要用于人,指人不说话、不作声、沉默不语。
Do you know when to keep silent? 你知道何时保持沉默吗?
考题 1. We must be __________ before danger. (A)
A. calm B. quiet C. still D. silent
2. The library permits________ talking. (B)
A. calm B. quiet C. still D. silent
6.panic n. 恐慌, 惊慌; 经济上的大恐慌
be in a panic在惊慌中; be seized with a panic惊慌失措; get up a panic 引起惊慌
cause a panic 引起恐慌
vi. 惊慌, 害怕 (panicked, panicked) panic over sth. 对某事感到惊慌
The crowd panicked at the sound of the guns. 人们听到枪声感到惊慌。
7. respond vi. (respond to sb/sth with sth )(formal)
I asked his name, but he didn’t respond.我问他叫什么名字,他没回答。
She never responded to my letter. 她从来没给过我回信。
When asked about the company’s future, the director responded that the remained optimistic. 问到公司的未来的时候,经理回答说他依然乐观。
How did they respond to the news?他们对这则消息有什么反应?
The car responds very well to the controls. 这辆汽车操纵自如。
response n. She made no response. 她没有回答。
Her cries for help met with no/some/little… response. 她那求救的呼声没有激起任何/激起一些/没有激起什么…反映。
answer/ reply/ respond
answer 指以口头,书面或其他方式回答或反应
reply 正式用词,多表示经过考虑,一一答复所提的问题或论点
respond 正式用词,表示“回答”用得较少,多指对外界刺激迅速而自然地作出反应
8.conscious adj (1)有意识的;神志清醒的 (2)了解的;察觉的
consciously adv. consciousness n. 知觉
He is hurt but still conscious. 他受了伤,不过神志还清醒。
She was not conscious of his presence in the room. 她不晓得他在这房间里。(be conscious of sth./ that…) 察觉的 I was conscious of her presence.我知道她在场。
unconscious adj (1)失去知觉的 After she hit her head she was unconscious for several minutes.
她把头碰了一下后昏迷了几分钟。
(2)无意的;不自觉的 I was unconscious of her presence.我不知道她在场。
9.on the way& in the way
in the way 障碍(阻止你到想去的地方的人或物);on the way 在途中
e.g. Please don\'t stand in the kitchen door-you’re in the way. 你挡了我的路。
Let’s not stop too often on the way. 咱们别老在途中停留了。
其他词组:by the way顺便提一下;on the (one’s) way to 去…的路上;in this (that) way这样(那样);by way of 途径;in a (one) way在某种程度上
10.tip vt, vi -pp-
I tipped the bottle over and it broke. 我把瓶子弄翻了,瓶子摔破了。(常与over, up连用;打翻,使弄翻)
I tipped the table and the glasses fell off it. 我把桌子弄歪了,玻璃杯掉了下来。(使倾斜;弄歪)
(3)丢弃;倒掉 (4)(与into连用)把…倒入容器
tip n. 尖端,小部分,小物件 v. 给某物装上尖头,置于某物顶端
(have sth.) on the tip of one’s tongue
the tip of the iceberg 重要情况,重大问题等显露出的小部分
e.g. His name is on t he tip of my tongue, but I just can’t think of.
The legs of the table were tipped with rubber. 桌子腿装上了橡皮头。
Tip: 轻拍/打/敲; 给…小费; 可能成功; 事先给某人警告或暗示
She just tipped the ball over the net. He tip the driver 5 Yuan.
She’s been tipped for promotion. 有人认为她最可能得到提升。
Someone tipped off the police about the robbery.
tip n.小费; 有用的小建议;
He left a tip under his plate.
The teacher gives students some tips about how to study English.
11. slightly adv. 略微,稍微
a slightly different version 略有不同的说法。 We took a slightly more direct route. 我们选择了一条略近的路。
I knew her slightly. 我对她略知一二。 ‘Are you worried?’ ‘Only slightly.’ 你担心吗?稍微有点。
slight adj. 轻微的, 微小的, 少量的;纤细的, 瘦小的
slight difficulty 小困难; a slight possibility of success很小的成功可能性
a slight girl苗条的女孩; a slight difference微小的区别
12.circulate vi, vt -lated, -lating (1)使循环;环流
The blood circulates round the body. 血液在体内循环。
(2)散布;流传;扩散 Rumors circulated rapidly. 谣言迅速散布开来。
People who circulate false news are to be blamed.散布流言者该受遣责。
(3)随意地到处走动
The prince circulated from group to group at the party. 王子在宴会中穿梭于人群之间。
”The politician circulated at the dance party, talking to lots of people.“ ”那个政治家在跳舞晚会上到处走动,同许多人交谈。“
circulation n. 流传,传播(不可数);发行额,销售量(可数);血液循环(可数或不可数) e.g. have (a) good/ bad circulation
13.revive vt, vi revived, reviving (1)复活;复苏;再生
The fresh air soon revived him. 新鲜空气很快就使他苏醒过来了。
(2)再兴;再用 to revive an old custom 恢复旧习俗
Our hopes revived.我们又有希望了。
These flowers will revive in water.这些花在水中会再活。
14.recovery recover 恢复+ -y名词后缀 n -ies
(1) 收回;取回 (2)恢复;复原 (3)(经济)复苏
She made a quick recovery after her illness. 她病后恢复得很快。
15.roll over 不及物动词词组
e.g. The car was out of control and rolled over down to the river.
The years roll on.岁月流逝。 Roll the ball to me.把球滚给我。
其他词组:get…rolling…使…取得进展;keep the ball to rolling 使保持活跃;
roll in 大量涌来;start the ball rolling 使活跃起来
Grammar
1.sudden adj. suddenly adv.
They heard a sudden cry and wondered what was the matter. 他们听到突如其来的叫喊声,不知道出了什么事。
all of a sudden 突然,冷不防 sudden death 暴死
2.in honour of (= in sb’s /sth’s honor) adv.为纪念, 为庆祝
I have cooked a special meal in honor of our visitors. 我做了一道特殊的菜向我们的来客表示敬意。
in…of: in praise of赞美;in need of需要;in place of 代替;in case of 万一;in front of在…(内部)前面;in the front of在…(外部)前面;in favor of 支持
honor n (1)尊敬;敬重
(2)荣誉,名誉;信用 to win honor for one's motherland 为祖国争光
(3)被引以为荣的人物 He's an honor to his parents. 他的父母以他为荣。
(4)(对法官等的尊称)阁下,先生 Your Honor 阁下,先生
(5)(用于客套语中)荣幸
We request the honor of your company at dinner. 谨备便酌,敬请光临(请柬用语)
考题 1.Miss Smith thought it a great _______ to be invited to speak to all of us. (D)
A. pleasure B. success C. happiness D. honor
2.Washington, a state in the United States was named ________ one of the greatest American presidents. (C) A. in honor of B. instead of C. in favor of D. by means of
Integrating skills
1.deal with
You dealt with that situation very cleverly. 你很巧妙地处理了那个艰难的局面。(处理,料理;attend to, manage sth.)
The next chapter deals with verbs.下一章讨论动词。(讨论,涉及到;take or have sth. as a subject, discuss sth.)
I hate dealing with large impersonal companies.我讨厌和那些没有人情味的大公司打交道。(与…打交道,与做生意;have social, business etc. relations with…)
另:deal with ab.: behave towards ab. 对付,对待
e.g. They try to deal politely with angry customers. 他们尽量对发怒的顾客彬彬有礼。
注:do with/ deal with/ get rid of
get rid of 表示“处理”,侧重“消灭”“摆脱或清除”;deal with和do with 侧重“处理”的手段,方法或方式。do后可接宾语,deal后不接宾语;do with常与what连用;deal with常与how连用。
e.g. If they are not coming, we can get rid of the tickets.如果他们不来了,我们可以把票处理掉。
How do you deal with matters of this sort?你是怎么处理这类事情的?
What did you do with the broken car? 你怎么处理那辆坏了的车的?
2.could have done
e.g. We could have helped that boy, even we were busy. 那天,即使我们很忙,我们本来也可以帮助那个男孩的。(本可以做,但事实没有做)
He could have told his girl friend the secret. But I’m not very sure. 他或许已经把这个秘密告诉他的女朋友了,不过我也并不确定。(或许已经做过,表示对过去某事的推测)
2). must have done 一定已经做过(表示对过去某事较有把握的推测)
e.g. They must have stayed up late night-all of them looks sleepy.
他们昨天晚上肯定熬得很晚了,他们看起来全都非常疲倦。
3). should have done/ ought to have done 本应该做(却没做,表达一种强烈的遗憾,责备之意)
e.g. They should have handed in their homework yesterday.
昨天他们本该把家庭作业交上去的。
4). needn’t have done 本不应该(但事实上已经做了)
e.g. You needn’t have copied the exercise book. I have one more and I can give it to you.
你其实不必抄那本练习册,我还有一本可以给你。
3.bite vt, vi bit, bitten, biting (1)咬 My monkey doesn't bite. 我的猴子不咬人。
The boy bit into the apple. 那个男孩子咬了一口苹果。
(2)咬成(某种状态)
The dog has bitten a hole in my trousers. 狗把我的裤子咬了一个洞。
(3)(虫)叮 The mosquitoes are biting me. 蚊子叮我。
(4)(鱼)咬饵 (5)抓紧;卡紧
The car's tires would not bite on the snow. 汽车轮胎在雪地里会打滑。
bite n (1)咬; (2)咬下的一块 (3)食物 (4)咬伤
She was covered in insect bites. 她浑身是虫子叮的伤。
This apple's good, do you want a bite? 这苹果很好,你想来一口吗?
He took a bite out of the pear.他咬了一口梨。
He hasn't had a bite (to eat) all day. 他整天都没吃东西。
The children haven't had a bite to eat all day.孩子们一整天什么也没吃过。
4.loose adj (1)没加束缚的;自由的 (2)散装的
”I bought these chocolates loose, not in a box.“”我买的这些巧克力是散装的,不是盒装的。“
(3)不坚固的,不牢的 (4)宽大的,肥大的(衣服) (5)疏松的
The ringleader of the gang had one hand loose but the other was tied to another robber's.
”匪首的一只手是松开的,但另一只手和另一个强盗的手捆缚在一起。“
(6)不精确的 (7)放荡的 a loose woman 一个放荡的女人
(8)无拘束的 a loose tongue 藏不住话的嘴(舌头)
(9)随便的;不严格的 a loose translation 不拘泥原文的翻译
Loose play lost them the match. 不经心的比赛使他们输了。
loose vt loosed, loosing (1)放松;释放
He loosened his collar of his overcoat.他解开了大衣领口。
(2)射(箭) (3)开,放(枪、炮) (4)使不受约束
Wine loosed his tongue. 酒后他说话随便起来。
5.see a doctor看医生see sb off 为某人送行see into调查,领会
see to sth处理某事 see to it that务必
6.call for需要,要求,邀请,去请
call on sb拜访某人 call at place去某地造访 call sb up给某人打电话
call in a doctor请医生=send for a doctor call on sb to do sth号召某人干call for sb to do sth请求某人干
call out for help大声呼救make a phone call打电话
7.in case of 如果;万一 In case of rain they can't go. 万一下雨,他们就不能去了。
in case以防;可能;倘若 Take a hat with you in case the sun is very hot. 倘若太阳很利害,你就把帽子戴上。
in the case of 就…而言
e.g. It’s the kind of story we think of as myth. But in the case of him, the story is true.
我们把这类故事视为神话,但就他来说,这故事却是真实的。
注:in case of/ in the case of + n./ pron. 不接从句
in case + 从句 He left early in case he should miss the train. In case of danger, you must be calm.
in any case无论如何, 总之; in good case健康, 生活富裕; in no case决不
in that case如果是那样的话; in the case of 就...来说, 关于; in this case假如这样的话
It /This/ That is not the case.情况不是这样; 并非事实。
Step Ⅱ Grammar
虚拟语气用法补充:
1. would rather 的虚拟用法:
Marry would rather (not) have a fresh-tasting toothpaste.
The mayor (市长) would rather have handled that press conference last week.
The kids would rather play outdoors than indoors.
The aged man would rather have participated in social service than amused himself by watching TV at home several years ago.
I’d rather you didn’t make any comment in the issue for the time being. (暂时)
e.g. David would rather that Jim had called at Chinese Economic and Trade Exhibitions yesterday.
2. would as soon, would sooner, would prefer 表“希望或婉转的责备”要求用虚拟语气,谓语动词为过去式表示现在或将来情况,谓语动词为过去完成时表示过去情况
I would just prefer you had returned the book to him yesterday.
3. otherwise, if only, suppose/ supposing 引导含蓄条件句表愿望,建议用虚拟语气
e.g. If only I knew how to operate the internet phone. 要是我知道怎么打网络电话就好了。
4. It is (high/ right/ about/ good) time + 从句用虚拟语气(是…的时候)
It’s high time you stopped idling about and started looking for a job. 闲逛
5. but for…(要不是…)& without … 用在句首,引导虚拟条件句,时态随句意改变
But for/ Without his uncle, the kid would have been drowned in the pool.
6. If it were not for… (要不是…) 与现在相反
If it were not for the fact that his father is on the board directors, he would never have a job.
If it had not been for your advice, I would have made a serious mistake.
7). but that + 从句(用虚拟语气)
e.g. I would go by steamer but that I’m a poor sailor. 要不是因为晕船,我就坐船去了。
8). as it is & as it were
as it is 用在句首“事实上,实际上,就目前的情况而言”
as it were 用在句尾“照现状,照原样”
Cao Yu is a sort of Chinese Shakespeare as it were.
Unit8 first aid
warming up
1.aid n (1)帮助;援助 first aid___________ (2)帮助者;有帮助的事物
An English-Chinese Dictionary is an important aid in learning the English.
习惯用语 do/ give/ offer first aid to sb.____ go to sb’s aid___ with the aid of sb== with sb’s aid_____
in aid of _____________ raising fund in aid of the sick what's it all in aid of? 这是为了什么目的?
aid vt 帮助;援助 I aided him with money. 我资助了他。
help,assist,aid的区别
(1)help和另外两个词的差别在于,help 含有比较强的“目的”意义。如果你失眠,服安眠药则有助于你入睡,这里包含着目的
A short while ago, my sister helped me to carry one of my old bookcases up the stairs.
May I help you to some more meat?…but he was too busy helping himself to diamonds to notice any pain.……
(2)assist从词源学角度讲,是“站在旁边”的意思,它清楚地包含着这种帮助只起着次要的作用
He assisted the professor in compiling the dictionary.
The assistant who served her did not like the way she was dressed.
(3)aid含有接受帮助者因为弱小而需要帮助的意思。The Red Cross often aids flood victims.
2.drown vt. , vi (1)_________ (2)____________ (3)消除(忧愁等); 解(闷) (4)使沉溺于; 使迷恋(in) (5)搀淡; 冲淡(饮料等); (加水)化开(生石灰); 往...里加太多的水
be [get] drowned____________ drown oneself___________eyes drowned in tears__________
drown one's cares in wine_______________ be drowned in fishing____________-
The cheers of the audience drowned the professor's voice. Don't drown my whisky.
3.accident/ incident/ event 的区别
4. count (count for)______,(count sb/sth as) _____________
Every point in this game counts. The fact that she had apologized counted for nothing with him. For tax purposes that money counts / is counted as income. [vn] I count him among my closest friends. [vn-adj] I count myself lucky to have known him. [vn-n] She counts herself one of the lucky ones.
4.choke vi, vt choked, choking (1)_________________
The smoke from the stove almost choked me The madman choked his own child to death.
(2)_______________ The pipe was choked by cotton.
(3)(常与back连用)抑制,忍住(怒气、眼泪等)
5.catch fire: _______________ be on fire:__________________
The forest caught fire last week. It is still on fire.
复习:1). set fire to sth./ set sth. on fire _________________2). play with fire ____________
3). go through fire and water (for)_________________4). be on fire for ______________
5). fire v. 着火,开枪,开除 (dismiss )
firework 烟火,烟火晚会 fireplace 火炉 fireman/fire fighter 消防员 fire escape 太平梯
6.container n. 容器 contain vt.包含,容纳 containment n. 包含
contain / include The book ___________10 units. The book doesn’t ____________Unit 11.
Six were killed, ___________the boy. (连那小孩在内六人丧生。)
7.electrical adj. 电的,与电有关的 (of/ concerned with electricity)
_________ n.电流 __________adj. 发电的,使用电的 (using electrical power)_________ adj. 电子的
Reading
1.upside n.上边,上部 upside-down adj/adv
1). ________hold a book upside-down 2). _______ He has an upside-down way of doing things.
Burglars had turned the house upside-down..
2.as if/ though 引导的从句什么时候用陈述语气,什么时候又用虚拟语气?
3.witness n. (1)(=eyewitness)______ (2)[主要用于give witness, bear witness]证据, 证明; 证词 (3)[常省略定冠词]【律】连署人, 证人
a witness of the accident These facts are a witness to his carelessness.
She gave witness on behalf of the accused person.
Witness vt. (1)______________ (2)连署, 签名作证 (3)表明, 显示 (4)证明 (5)经历
She witnessed the accident. They witnessed the will. Her blush witnessed her agitation.
None could witness that he was present. He has witnessed many battles.
4.keep in mind keep/ bear/ have sth in mind: remember sth She doesn’t seem to keep the matter in mind.
相关短语: change one’s mind ________make up one’s mind__________keep in touch with _________keep in with _________________
5.calm vt. _____________ The mother calmed her child.
Calm vi.___________The crying child soon calmed down.
Calm adj The sea was calm after the storm.。 After the storm it became calm again.
The sea was calm at the beginning of our voyage. He was calm when I told him the bad news.
n. e.g. the calm before the storm
同义词 calm ,silent, quiet, still 的区别
考题 1. We must be __________ before danger. A. calm B. quiet C. still D. silent
2. The library permits________ talking. A. calm B. quiet C. still D. silent
6.panic n. 恐慌, 惊慌; 经济上的大恐慌
be in a panic____________; be seized with a panic_______________; cause a panic __________
vi. 惊慌, 害怕 (panicked, panicked) panic over sth. ___________
The crowd panicked at the sound of the guns.
7. (respond to sb/sth with sth )(formal) _____________
I asked his name, but he didn’t respond. She never responded to my letter.
When asked about the company’s future, the director responded that the remained optimistic.
How did they respond to the news? The car responds very well to the controls.
response n. ________ She made no response.
Her cries for help met with no/some/little… response.
Her cries for help met with no/some/little… response.
answer/ reply/ respond 的区别
8.conscious adj (1)_______________(2)_________________
consciously adv. consciousness n. 知觉
He is hurt but still conscious.
She was not conscious of his presence in the room. (be conscious of sth./ that…)
I was conscious of her presence.
unconscious adj (1)__________ After she hit her head she was unconscious for several minutes.
(2)_____________ I was unconscious of her presence.
9.on the way& in the way
in the way, on the way 的含义分别是什么?
e.g. Please don't stand in the kitchen door-you’re in the way.
Let’s not stop too often on the way.
其他词组:by the way_____on the (one’s) way to _____;in this (that) way___by way of ____
in a (one) way__________
10.tip
I tipped the bottle over and it broke. (常与over, up连用;打翻,使弄翻)
I tipped the table and the glasses fell off it. (使倾斜;弄歪)
(3)丢弃;倒掉 (4)(与into连用)把…倒入容器
(have sth.) on the tip of one’s tongue
the tip of the iceberg 重要情况,重大问题等显露出的小部分
The legs of the table were tipped with rubber. She just tipped the ball over the net.
He tip the driver 5 Yuan. She’s been tipped for promotion. Someone tipped off the police about the robbery.
He left a tip under his plate. The teacher gives students some tips about how to study English.
11. adv. __________
a slightly different version We took a slightly more direct route. I knew her slightly.
‘Are you worried?’ ‘Only slightly.’
slight adj._______________ slight difficulty ________ a slight possibility of success_______
a slight girl___________; a slight difference________________
12.circulate vi, vt -lated, -lating (1)_________ The blood circulates round the body.
(2)_________________ Rumors circulated rapidly. People who circulate false news are to be blamed.
(3)____________ The prince circulated from group to group at the party.
”The politician circulated at the dance party, talking to lots of people.“
circulation n. 流传,传播(不可数);发行额,销售量(可数);血液循环(可数或不可数) e.g. have (a) good/ bad circulation
13.revive vt, vi revived, reviving (1)____________The fresh air soon revived him.
(2)__________ to revive an old custom Our hopes revived.These flowers will revive in water.
14.recovery recover 恢复+ -y名词后缀 n -ies
She made a quick recovery after her illness.
15.roll over 不及物动词词组
The car was out of control and rolled over down to the river.
The years roll on.岁月流逝。 Roll the ball to me.把球滚给我。
其他词组:get…rolling…_____keep the ball to rolling ____roll in _____start the ball rolling _____
Grammar
1.sudden adj. suddenly adv.
They heard a sudden cry and wondered what was the matter.
all of a sudden _____________
2.in honour of (= in sb’s /sth’s honor) _____________________
I have cooked a special meal in honor of our visitors.
in…of: in praise of____in need of_____in place of ____;in case of ____;in favor of ________
honor n (1)尊敬;敬重 (2)荣誉,名誉;信用 to win honor for one's motherland 为祖国争光
(3)被引以为荣的人物He's an honor to his parents.
(4)(对法官等的尊称)阁下,先生 Your Honor 阁下,先生 (5)(用于客套语中)荣幸
We request the honor of your company at dinner. 谨备便酌,敬请光临(请柬用语)
考题 1.Miss Smith thought it a great _______ to be invited to speak to all of us.
A. pleasure B. success C. happiness D. honor
2.Washington, a state in the United States was named ________ one of the greatest American presidents. A. in honor of B. instead of C. in favor of D. by means of
Integrating skills
1.deal with 含义?与do with 区别是什么?
2.could have done,must have done, should/ought to have done, needn’t have done 的区别是什么?
3.bite vt, vi bit, bitten, biting (1)________ My monkey doesn't bite. The boy bit into the apple.
(2)_________________The dog has bitten a hole in my trousers.
(3)_______The mosquitoes are biting me.
(4)(鱼)咬饵 (5)抓紧;卡紧 The car's tires would not bite on the snow.
bite n She was covered in insect bites. This apple's good, do you want a bite?
He took a bite out of the pear. He hasn't had a bite (to eat) all day.
The children haven't had a bite to eat all day
5.see a doctor______see sb off __________see into ________see to sth________see to it that______
6.call for________call on sb___________ call at place_____________call sb up____________call in a doctor__________=_____________call on sb to do sth____________call for sb to do sth___________call out for help_____________make a phone call___________
7.in case of _______ In case of rain they can't go.
in case_____________ Take a hat with you in case the sun is very hot.
in the case of ________e.g. It’s the kind of story we think of as myth. But in the case of him, the story is true.
in any case________________ in good case_____________in no case__________
in that case_______________ in the case of_____________ in this case___________-
It /This/ That is not the case.___________________
篇8:高二上unit 4语言点教案(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
Warming up
1.board n&vt.木板,甲板,膳食费用(blackboard黑板);上船;坐船,搭乘(公共交通工具);供膳宿(boarding school 寄宿)
aboard adv.&prep.在船上,在公共交通工具内
2.But whether buses or trains,or boarding aeroplanes,there wasn't a door she'd get through.(P.25)
译文:但无论是汽车还是火车,还是天上的飞机,都没有她能进的门。
“whether...or...”用来引导让步状语,意为“无论/不管……还……”,此外,还可说成:“no matter whether...or...”。or后可接not或与前面意义相反的词。另外有些省略了whether...or...结构,已经成为习语,如:sink or swim,rain or sunshine等。
Whether you go or not,I will go.不管你去还是不去,我都去。
I am going whether it is raining or not.无论下不下雨,我都要去。
Whether you like or not,you'll have to do it.
无论你喜欢还是不喜欢,你非做不可。
Whether or not it rains,I'm giving a party tomorrow?不管是否下雨,明天我都要举办一个晚会。
I'll go,whether you come with me or stay at home. 无论你跟我来还是留在家里,我都要走。
Sink or swim,I shall do it.无论成败,我都要承担此事。
The football match will be held,rain or sunshine. 足球赛定期举行,风雨无阻。
Reading
3.Poetry also calls up all the colours,feelings,experiences and curious images of a dream world.(P.27)诗歌还能汇集梦中世界的一切色彩,感情,经历和各种奇妙的意向。
call up ①ring up;telephone打电话 ②征召……入伍 ③(使)回想起;把召唤回来
I'll call you up this evening.=I'll telephone you this evening.=I'll ring you up this evening.=I'll give you a call this evening.今晚我给你打电话。
He was called up in .他于入伍。
This song calls up memory of my childhood.=This song reminds me of my childhood.这首歌使我回想起我的童年。
call短语还有:call for(demand,need要求、需要;来找某人),call out(呼喊),call in(叫……进来;招来),call on sb./call at a place(短暂拜访……),call back(回电话)。
4. Poems by Du Fu,Li Bai and Wang Wei among others stand out in the halls of Glory.(P.27) 杜甫、李白、王维以及其他诗人的诗歌兀立在荣光宝殿之上。
stand out[站立→鹤立鸡群]v.①突出;引人注目;②杰出;出色。同源词outstanding形容词,意为突出的,杰出的,显著的。
The new road sign is easy to read;the words stand out.新路标易辨认,上面的字很醒目。
Among writers in China,LuXun stands out as a real master.在中国作家中,鲁迅最为杰出,是一位真正的大师。
an outstanding young musician一位优秀的年轻的音乐家
5. Modern English started around the time of Shakespeare,towards the end of the 16th century.(P.28) 现代英语诗歌开始于莎士比亚时代,即十六世纪末。
time名词,意为①时间②(常用复数)时代。此外还有“次、回、倍”等意思。
What time is it by your watch?你的表几点了?
Take the medicine three times a day.服此药一天三次。
The bag is 3 times the size of that one.这个包大小是那个包的三倍。
Mao Zedong's time(s)毛泽东时代
6.Shakespeare is most famous for his plays.(P.25)
译文:莎士比亚以他的戏剧最为著名。
[讲解]the most放在多音节形容词前,意为“最”,是最高级的表达形式。但most前不加the,意为:“非常”,等于“very”。
This is the most difficult book I've ever read. 这是我读过的最难的一本书。
This is a most difficult book. 这是一本很难的书。(This is a very difficult book.)
7. His sonnets,however,belong to the best English poetry.(P.28)
然而他的十四行诗是英国诗歌中的至尊瑰宝。
belong to意为“属于,不用于被动语态-to be a member of...;to be connected with...”
The book belongs to me.=I own/have/possess the book. 这本书是我的。
That lid belongs to the jar.那个盖子是配这个坛子的。
What party do you belong to?你属于哪个团体?
8。Chinese readers admire their works because of their use of surprising images that reminds them of the works of poets such as Su Dongpo.(P.28)
中国读者赞美他们,是因为他们作品中所用的令人惊奇的想像使他们想到像苏东坡那样的诗人的作品。
admire动词“钦佩、赞美、羡慕”-to think of or look at...with pleasure and respect”。
He is always looking in the mirror,admiring himself. 他常常对着镜子自我欣赏。
They admired our garden.他们称赞我们的花园。
I admired him for his success in business.我佩服他事业有成。
9. Once published,his work became famous for the absence of rhyme at the end of each line.(P.28) 发行后,他的诗作因为行尾不押韵而大获其名。
absent形容词①[表语]缺席、不在②[定语]心不在焉的
be absent from + 地点表示“不在某地” be absent in + 地点表示“外出去某地”
be absent from the meeting“缺席”
be absent in...当主语是无生命的名词时,意为“没有……”
an absent look on his face心不在焉的表情
He is absent in Europe.他现在外出在欧洲。
He is absent from Europe.他现在外出不在欧洲。
He is absent from the meeting.他开会缺席了。
He was absent from his work.他擅离职守。
Snow is absent in some countries.有些国家终年无雪。
absence名词,意为“不在、缺席”。
His absence from school is worrying.他一再缺课真令人担心。
It happened during his absence.事情发生在他不在时。
In the absence of the manager,I shall be in charge. 经理不在时,由我负责。
The visitors to Venice notice at once the absence of noise.
去威尼斯的游客马上会发现那里没有噪音。
10. Usually remembered for other work than their poetry are eighteenth century poets such as Pope and Johnson.(P.28)
Greatly loved in China,are the English Romantic poets.(P.28)
不是因为诗,而是因为其他杰作让人不能忘怀的还有的18世纪的蒲伯和约翰逊等。
英国浪漫主义诗人深受中国人的喜爱。
在英语中,有时为了强调句子某个成分而进行倒装,有的把谓语动词提前,有的把过去分词提前,有的把现在分词提前。
① 过去分词置于句首。如:
Also discussed was a proposal to reduce the sales tax...也讨论了减少销售税的建议……(这里倒装是由于句子主语较长)
Also said to be under consideration is a performance in Beijing.据说也考虑在北京举行。(这里过去分词与also连用,全句强调主语performance,倒装也与上下文衔接有关)
② 现在分词置于句首。如:
Covering much of the earth's surface is a blanket of water.
地球表面上许多地方都布满水。
Attending the party were 700 students from 15 universities and colleges.
参加晚会的有来自15所大专院校的700名学生。
11. The style and atmosphere in their poems have often led to comparisons with poets such as Du Fu and Li Bai.(P.28)
他们诗文中的风格和气氛经常使人们把他们的诗作与像杜甫、李白那些诗人的诗歌相比较。
1)atmosphere名词,常用单数,意为“大气层;某一地方的空气;气氛、情绪”。
a smoky atmosphere烟雾腾腾
The talk went on in a friendly atmosphere. 会谈在友好的气氛中进行。
There is always an unpleasant atmosphere in the office. 办公室里总有一种令人不悦的气氛。
2) comparison名词意为:相比、对比、对照。常用短语和句型有:by/in comparison with...(与……相比;相比之下);There is no comparison(between...)(没有什么可比性);bear/stand comparison with sb./sth.(比得上某人/某事)。
It's useful to make a comparison between two things. 把两件事情相比是有益的。
By/In comparison with him,you are cleverer.与他相比,你更聪明。
My garden doesn't stand/bear comparison with his. 我的花园比不过他的。
-Is he as good as her at English? -There is no comparison(between them).
--在英语上,他俩谁更好? --他俩根本无可比性。
12. More and more people are interested to read modern poetry in English.(P.28)
越来越多的人们对读英国的现代诗歌感兴趣。
be interested in doing sth.表示感兴趣的事情不太具体,是抽象概念;be interested to do sth.表示感兴趣的事情很具体。
Are you interested in playing football?你对足球感兴趣吗?
I'd be interested to hear your opinion about this.我到想听听你对这个事情的看法。
13.Reading poetry in English also opens the door to finding new ways of expressing yourself in Chinese.(P.28)
译文:读英文诗歌还能使你开启一扇大门,在那儿,你可以找到更新的用汉语表达思想的方法。
[讲解]注意本句中to为介词,介词to后表示有动作的意味时,该词用其动名词形式。类似的结构还有:be used to doing sth.习惯于做某事;devote...to doing sth把……贡献给……;contribute...to doing sth把……贡献给……;look forward to doing sth.盼望做某事。
He is used to getting up early.他已习惯早起床了。
He has contributed himself to serving the people. 他把自己的一切都献给了为人民服务上。
He is looking forward to seeing you soon.他正盼望早些见到你。
Post reading
14. Modern English came into being from about the middle of 16th century.(P.28)
come into being(existence)形成、开始存在。为不及物动词短语,所以不可用被动;bring...into being(existence)使……形成、存在。
When did the universe first come into being? 宇宙是什么时候开始形成的?
Who brought the new regulation into being?这新规定是谁制定的?
15.I started with small poems,but now I most like long poems.(P.31)
开始时,我读一些小诗,现在我更愿意读长诗。
start with意为:“以……开始”;start as意为“作为……开始、开始时是……”
We started our English learning with ABC. 我们是以学ABC开始我们的英语学习的。
As a VIP,he started as only a clerk. 作为一名大人物,他开始只是一名小职员。
16。Ask your teacher to recommend poems to you.(P.32) 请你的老师为你推荐一些诗歌。
recommend动词,意为“推荐、介绍、建议”,常用句型为:①recommend sth./sb.推荐某物/人;②recommend sb. sth./sb.=recommend sth/sb. to sb.把……推荐/介绍给……;③recommend sb. to do sth.建议某人做某事;④recommend + that从句(that从句谓语动词用should + 动词原形,should可省略,“建议某人做某事”;⑤recommend sb./sth. + as/for + 名词,推荐/介绍……当……
Can you recommend a novel?你能推荐一本小说吗?
The professor recommended me warmly.那位教授热忱地推荐了我。
The teacher recommended us to read novels in origin. 老师建议我们读原版小说。
They recommended that the match be held in China. 他们建议比赛在中国举办。
He recommended Lao Li as an experienced technician.他推荐说老李是一个有经验的技术员。
She recommended me for the Party membership.她介绍我入党。
My uncle recommended me to the manager.我叔叔把我介绍给经理。
I have been recommended that medicine。有人向我介绍那种药。
17。Collect your favorite poems in a notebook and ask your friends to contribute to it.(P.32)
把你最喜欢的诗歌收集在你的笔记本中,让你的朋友们也往里面增添些新诗歌。
contribute动词,意为“贡献、捐(款)、投(稿)、出(力)、起(作用)、分享(=have a share in)”。常用句型有:①contribute sth.②contribute + to-infinitive③contribute sth. to(towards)sth.④contribute to sth.。
Everybody is called to contribute ideas. 要求人人都想办法出主意。
Low wages and high prices contributed to increase the discontent of the people of that country.低工资、物价高增加了那个国家人们的不满。
He contributed all his time and energy to his work. 他把所有时间和精力都献给了工作。
Laziness contributed greatly to his failure. 懒惰是他失败的最重要的原因。
The fine weather contributed to the success of the expeditions. 好天气是这次远征的原因。
用作状语的过去分词
无论过去分词作状语还是现在分词作状语,分词的逻辑主语都要和主句的主语一致。过去分词与主句的主语应是被动关系。过去分词作状语,表示时间、原因、让步或伴随等,这种过去分词通常相当于状语从句。
1)表时间
(When the metal is)Heated,the metal expands.加热后,这种金属会膨胀。(The couple took good care of the baby while(the couple was)occupied by their work.这对夫妇一边工作,一边很好地照顾这个婴儿。
像第二句那样当强调实践概念时,过去分词之前可用连词when,while。
2)表原因
(As he was)Greatly surprised,he couldn't say a word.
他大吃一惊,一时说不出话来。
(Because she was)Scolded by the teacher,the girl felt unfair.
那姑娘因受老师责备,而愤愤不平。
3)表让步
Even if(I were)invited,I wouldn't go.即使受邀请,我也不愿去。
Though(they were)defeated again and again,they went on fighting.尽管一再遭受挫败,他们仍然继续战斗。
4)表伴随
He stared at me(he was)astonished.他两眼瞪着我,惊恐万状。
Einstein walked along the street,(he was)lost in thought.爱因斯坦漫步街头,沉浸在思索中。
篇9:高二上unit 3 语言点教案(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
1. .prefer v.更喜欢…..
prefer sth to sth prefer to do sth prefer doing sth; prefer doing sth to doing sth
I much prefer dogs to cats.与猫比起来,我更喜欢狗。
Many people living in cities would actually prefer to live in the country.许多住在城市的人实际上更愿意住在乡村。
Peter prefers traveling by train.彼得更喜欢乘火车旅行。
I prefer staying home to going out today.我今天宁愿呆在家里,也不愿出去。
preference n.偏好
I must admit I have a preference for romantic movies.我必须承认我更喜欢浪漫电影。 .
I asked her where she wanted to go on vacation,but she didn't express any preference.我问她想到哪儿去度假,但她没表示自己的偏好。
In allocating housing,preference is given to those who have young children.在分配房子时,那些有小孩的人有优先权。
Many people choose the train in preference to driving.许多人宁愿选择火车也不愿选择自己驾车。
2. furniture n. (总称)家具,作不可数名词。例如:
一套家具 a set of furniture 一件家具 a piece of furniture;an article of furniture
This old French table is a very valuable piece of furniture.
这张旧的法国桌子是一件很贵重的家具。
3. convenient adj.方便的;近便的opp. inconvenient 不方便的
(1)作表语时,不可用sb作主语。例如:
Is it convenient for you to come out this evening? 你今天晚上出来方便吗?
不可写为:Are you convenient to come out this evening? (2)作表语时后接主动不定式。
The furniture is convenient to move.
家具搬起来很方便。派生词:convenience n.方便;便利
4. stand vt.承受;经受;承担(to accept successfully; bear)
This work will hardly stand close examination.这种作品很难经得起仔细的检验。(stand sth.)
Could you stand to go there again tomorrow?明天你还有能耐上那里吗?(stand to do sth)
He wants to marry me but I can't stand the sight of him. 他要娶我,但我一见他就受不了。(can't stand sth /doing sth)
5. Architecture looks at the man-made living environment.(P.19) 译文:建筑学关注的是人造生活环境。
[讲解]本句采用了拟人的修辞方法(personification),把architecture人性化。look at在本句中意为“考虑、关注(consider)”;此外还有“看待(regard)”、“对待(judge)”、“检查、察看(examine to see if it is good or correct)”等意思。
I won't look at such a simple matter. 我不愿考虑这样简单的事情。
We must look at the question from all sides. 我们应该从各个方面考虑这个问题。
You should look at your work attentively.你应认真对待你的工作。
You ought to have your bad teeth looked at. 你应去检查一下你的坏牙。
6. ...who wanted to change society with buildings that went against people's feeling of beauty.(P.19) 他们希望用背离人们审美标准的建筑改变社会。
[讲解]go against有三个意思。①违背,反对(to act in opposition to);②对(某人)不利(to be in favorable to sb.)③与……相反;与……不符。
[例句]
She went against her own wishes.她违背了她自己的意志。
The opinion is going against us.舆论对我们不利。
The case may go against you这个案子对你不利。
It went against my principles to work for this company. 为这家公司工作违背了我的原则。
[讲解]against的用法总结:
be against a plan(反对计划)/sail against the wind(逆风行船)/stand against the door(靠门而立)/go against the law(违背法律)/be against one\'s will(违背心愿)/protect(defend)sb. against(from)...(保护……免受)/warn sb. against doing sth...(警告……不……)/Her red clothes stand out clearly against the snow.(她的红色衣服在白雪中格外显眼)/The rain beat against the window.(雨点打在了窗户上)。
7. impress vt.因此impress原意为:压入;按入→vt.①(具体)印、压(盖)印;②(抽象)给……深刻印象;使感动;使佩服;③铭记;铭刻。
I was very impressed by /at /with his performance. 他的表演令人难忘。(sb be impressed by /at /with sth)
My father impressed the value of hard work on me. 我父亲使我铭记勤勉的重要。(impress sth on sb /one's mind; impress sb with sth)
The country impressed me with the high speed of its development. 这个城市给我留下高速度发展的深刻印象。(impress sb with sth)
派生词:impression n.
8.Most of Gaudi's works were constructed in and round Barcelona.(P.20) 高迪的大部分作品都建筑在巴塞罗那及周围。
[讲解]construct v. build(sth);put or fit together;form建筑;建造(某物);形成。
[例词]construct a factory/an airplane/a sentence/a modal建工厂;造飞机;造句子;制作模型
9. Both in the choice of materials and shape of buildings, ancient architecture stands much closer to nature. 无论是在选材,还是在外形上,古代建筑都比较贴近自然。
(1)in the choice of意为“在选择……方面”。choice n.①选择(可数或不可数名词);②被选出的人或东西(可数名词),常和for,as连用;③可供选择的品种。
I bet we've made a good choice.我确信我们做了一个好的选择。
As to language learning,he was given a choice between English and France.至于语言学习,他被提供了两项选择--英语或法语。
I didn't work all night.-I did it by choice.
我不是非得整夜工作--我是自己选择这样做。
He was a very good choice as chairman.他是作主席的最好人选。
(2) 句中的stand close to 原意为“站得与……靠近”,这里指“与……相适”,“与……相一致”。例如:He stands close to the hive to have a close study on their dance. 他站在靠近蜂房的地方仔细观察蜜蜂的舞蹈。
His conclusion stands closer to the facts than yours. 他的结论比你的更与事实相符。
10. Looking at the architecture by Gandhi is like a dream, full of fantastic colors and shapes.
观赏高迪的建筑就像进了梦境,色彩斑斓和形状奇异。
(1)句中的“looking at…”是动名词短语,在句中作主语,谓语动词用单数形式,在英语中,此类用法很常见。例如:
Missing the bus means waiting for another hour. 错过了这班车意味着再等一个小时。
Mary's coming late made her teacher angry. 玛丽迟到了使她老师很生气。
(2)句中的“full of…”为形容词短语,相当于一个定语从句“which is full of…”。又如:
We visited many palaces, old and beautiful. 我们参观了许多古老而又美丽的宫殿。
(相当于:…,which are old and beautiful.)
11. despite= in spite of prep.不管,不顾
Despite all our efforts to save the school,the headmaster decided to close it.不管我们花了多少努力来挽救这所学校,校长还是决定关掉它。
She went to Spain despite the fact that the doctor had told her to rest.不顾医生告诉她要休息(这个事实),她还是去了西班牙。
Despite herself, she found his attention rather enjoyable.情不自禁地,她发现他的关注相当令人愉悦。
12. Frank Lloyd Wright,who built an art museum in New York,found himself inspired by Japanese seashells.(P.20) 弗兰克劳埃德赖特设计了纽约的艺术博物馆,是日本的海贝壳激发了他的灵感。
[讲解]inspire v. in 根义:注入。①注入精神→鼓舞,激励;②注入灵气→给……灵感;启迪;启示。
His noble example inspired the rest of us to great effort.他的高尚的榜样激发了我们大家更加努力。
It inspired him with courage.这事鼓起了他的勇气。My father inspired me with a love of knowledge.
我的父亲鼓励我爱好学问。
The beautiful scenery of the West Lake inspired him to write this famous poem.西湖美景给了他灵感写出了这首著名的诗篇。
12. fill up with把…灌满,使充满
Brad just kept filling up everyone’ glass with champagne.布莱德一直给每一个人的杯子灌满香槟。
11. Seen from the top, it looks as if the stadium is covered by a gray net of steel, and it looks just like a bird's nest made of tree branches.从顶上看,仿佛体育场覆盖着灰色的钢网,非常像树枝搭成的鸟巢。
(1)…look as if“看起来好像”,后面可接真实可能发生的事,也可指与事实完全相反的假设。例如:
It looks as if it is going to rain. 看样子要下雨了。(真实语气,有可能发生)
If you put the chopsticks in the water , it looks as if they were broken. 如果你把筷子放进水中,他们看起来仿佛断了似的。
13. belong to 属于;是……成员。
(1)此词组不可用于进行时,例如: The car belongs to her.这车属于她。
(2)不可用于被动语态,其过去分词也不可用作后位定语。
Does the tape belong to Mary? 这磁带是玛丽的吗?
(3)是……成员(to be a member of an organization)
What party do you belong to? 你是哪一党的党员?
(4)与……有关系(to be connected with)
As a writer, he really belongs to the 18th century. 以作家而言,他其实属于18世纪。
They are decorated with small round windows that remind us of ships,bent roofs,...(P.23)
译文:它们被小圆窗装点,还能让你联想到轮船、穹顶……
[讲解]decorate v.装饰、装修(make sth. more beautiful or attractive by sth.(not because it is necessary)。常用句型decorate...with sth.;如宾语是人,意为:授予某人荣誉标志(勋章)。
a Christmas tree decorated with colored lights装饰着彩灯的圣诞树
He was decorated for his bravery.他因勇敢而被授予勋章。
[讲解]remind v.①使某人想起,常用remind sb. of sth.句型②提醒某人做某事,常用remind sb. to do sth.句型。
He reminds me of his brother.他使我想起了他哥哥。
This song reminded me of my childhood.=This song recalled me of my childhood.=This song called up the memory of my childhood.这首歌使我想起了我的童年。
Do I have to remind you?我必须提醒你吗?
That(what you\'ve said)reminds me.I must feed the cat.对啦!我该喂猫了。
14. set aside
(1)把……置于一旁;
He set aside all objections and changed the plan. 他不顾一切反对改变了计划。
(2)留出,拨出
We should set aside enough grain. 我们应该留出充足的粮食。
(3)使无效
The decision of the court set aside the new law. 法院的判决使得那条新法律无效。
(4)为了某种特殊目的而搁置一旁
This is a room set aside for playing card games. 这是一间专供纸牌游戏的房间。
15. so that people in the neighborhood are not disturbed when rock musicians move in and practice for a concert.(P.24) ……目的是当乐师们搬进来为音乐会排练时,邻居不被打扰。
[讲解]disturb vt.①焦虑不安,常用于be disturbed to do sth.(由于做了某事而焦虑不安);②扰乱、惊动、搅乱;interrupt vt.打断、中断。因此disturb强调“扰”;interrupt强调“断”。
[例句]
He was disturbed to hear of your illness.听到你生病他焦虑不安。
Don\'t disturb the papers on my desk.不要把我桌上的文件弄乱。
She opened the door quietly so as not to disturb the sleeping child.她轻轻打开门为的是不把睡梦中的小孩弄醒。
Don\'t interrupt the speaker now;he will answer questions later.现在不要打断他的话,他稍候再回答问题。
We interrupt this programme to bring you a new flash.我们中断节目,报告新闻快讯。
三 词语学习:
5.sale n.销售 for sale 待售 on sale 廉价销售
--Excuse me, are these for sale? 请问这些卖吗?
--No,the particular item is just on show.不,这个只供观赏。
Peter's department store is having a sale this week.这星期彼得百货商店大减价。
Stephen King's new novel will go on sale next week.史第芬金的新小说将会卖到下星期。
I could only afford to buy the CD player because it was on sale.我只买得起CD机,因为它在降价大甩卖。
6.Stuff n. [u] 东西;材料;事情
What's that stuff you're drinking? 你在喝什么东西?
What kind of stuff do you like to read? 你喜欢读什么样的材料?
I've got so much stuff to do this weekend.这个周末我有许多事情要做。
Unit 3 Art and architecture 知识清单
1. .prefer v.__________.
(prefer sth to sth prefer to do sth prefer doing sth; prefer doing sth to doing sth )
I much prefer dogs to cats. Many people living in cities would actually prefer to live in the country.
Peter prefers traveling by train. I prefer staying home to going out today.
preference n._____________
I must admit I have a preference for romantic movies.
I asked her where she wanted to go on vacation,but she didn't express any preference.
In allocating housing,preference is given to those who have young children.
Many people choose the train in preference to driving.
2. furniture n. (总称)_____,作_____________名词。例如:
a set of furniture a piece of furniture;an article of furniture
This old French table is a very valuable piece of furniture.
3. convenient adj.______________ opp. inconvenient ___________
(1)作表语时,不可用__________作主语。例如:
Is it convenient for you to come out this evening?
可不可以写为:Are you convenient to come out this evening?
(2)作表语时后接主动不定式还是被动不定式。
The furniture is convenient to move.派生词:convenience n.____
4. stand vt._____________(to accept successfully; bear)
This work will hardly stand close examination.(stand sth.)
Could you stand to go there again tomorrow?(stand to do sth)
He wants to marry me but I can't stand the sight of him.(can't stand sth /doing sth)
5. Architecture looks at the man-made living environment.(P.19)建筑学关注的是人造生活环境。
本句采用了拟人的修辞方法(personification),把architecture人性化。look at在本句中意为“____________”;此外还有“看待(regard)”、“对待(judge)”、“检查、察看(examine to see if it is good or correct)”等意思。
I won't look at such a simple matter. We must look at the question from all sides.
You should look at your work attentively. You ought to have your bad teeth looked at.
6. ...who wanted to change society with buildings that went against people's feeling of beauty.(P.19) 他们希望用背离人们审美标准的建筑改变社会。
[讲解]go against有三个意思。①_______(to act in opposition to);②___________(to be in favorable to sb.)③______________
She went against her own wishes. The opinion is going against us. The case may go against you
It went against my principles to work for this company.
[讲解]against的用法总结:
be against a plan(____)/sail against the wind(____)/stand against the door(____)/go against the law(____)/be against one\'s will(____)/protect(defend)sb. against(from)...( ____)/warn sb. against doing sth... (____)/Her red clothes stand out clearly against the snow.(____)/The rain beat against the window.(____)。
7. impress vtvt.①(具体)________;②(抽象)___________;③______________。
I was very impressed by /at /with his performance.(sb be impressed by /at /with sth)
My father impressed the value of hard work on me.(impress sth on sb /one's mind; impress sb with sth)
The country impressed me with the high speed of its development.(impress sb with sth)
派生词:impression n.
8.Most of Gaudi's works were constructed in and round Barcelona.(P.20) 高迪的大部分作品都建筑在巴塞罗那及周围。
[讲解]construct v. build(sth);put or fit together;form_____________。
[例词]construct a factory/an airplane/a sentence/a moda___________________-
9. Both in the choice of materials and shape of buildings, ancient architecture stands much closer to nature. 无论是在选材,还是在外形上,古代建筑都比较贴近自然。
(1)in the choice of意为“________________”。choice n.①选择(可数或不可数名词);②被选出的人或东西(可数名词),常和for,as连用;③可供选择的品种。
I bet we've made a good choice. As to language learning,he was given a choice between English and France.
I didn't work all night.-I did it by choice. He was a very good choice as chairman.
(2) 句中的stand close to 原意为“站得与……靠近”,这里指“______________”。
例如:He stands close to the hive to have a close study on their dance.
His conclusion stands closer to the facts than yours.
10. Looking at the architecture by Gandhi is like a dream, full of fantastic colors and shapes.
观赏高迪的建筑就像进了梦境,色彩斑斓和形状奇异。
(1)句中的“looking at…”是动名词短语,在句中作_________,谓语动词用_____数形式,在英语中,此类用法很常见。例如:
Missing the bus means waiting for another hour. Mary's coming late made her teacher angry.
(2)句中的“full of…”为形容词短语,相当于一个定语从句“which is full of…”。又如:
We visited many palaces, old and beautiful. (相当于:…,which are old and beautiful.)
11. despite= in spite of prep.__________
Despite all our efforts to save the school,the headmaster decided to close it.
She went to Spain despite the fact that the doctor had told her to rest.
Despite herself, she found his attention rather enjoyable.
12. Frank Lloyd Wright,who built an art museum in New York,found himself inspired by Japanese seashells.(P.20) 弗兰克劳埃德赖特设计了纽约的艺术博物馆,是日本的海贝壳激发了他的灵感。
[讲解]inspire v. in①____________-;②________________
His noble example inspired the rest of us to great effort.
It inspired him with courage. My father inspired me with a love of knowledge.
The beautiful scenery of the West Lake inspired him to write this famous poem.
12. fill up with__________________
Brad just kept filling up everyone’ glass with champagne.
11. Seen from the top, it looks as if the stadium is covered by a gray net of steel, and it looks just like a bird's nest made of tree branches.
(1)…look as if“________”,后面可接真实可能发生的事,也可指与事实完全相反的假设。例如:
It looks as if it is going to rain.
If you put the chopsticks in the water , it looks as if they were broken.
13. belong to _____________。
(1)此词组不可用于________时,例如: The car belongs to her.这车属于她。
(2)不可用于被动语态,其过去分词也不可用作后位定语。
Does the tape belong to Mary? 这磁带是玛丽的吗?
(3)是……成员(to be a member of an organization)
What party do you belong to? 你是哪一党的党员?
(4)与……有关系(to be connected with)
As a writer, he really belongs to the 18th century. 以作家而言,他其实属于18世纪。
14. They are decorated with small round windows that remind us of ships,bent roofs,...(P.23)
它们被小圆窗装点,还能让你联想到轮船、穹顶……
decorate v.____________(make sth. more beautiful or attractive by sth.(not because it is necessary)。
常用句型decorate...__________ sth.;如宾语是人,意为:授予某人荣誉标志(勋章)。
a Christmas tree decorated with colored lights. He was decorated for his bravery.
[讲解]remind v.①_____________,常用_________句型②______,常用________句型。
He reminds me of his brother.
This song reminded me of my childhood.=This song recalled me of my childhood.=This song called up the memory of my childhood. Do I have to remind you?
14. set aside
(1)__________; He set aside all objections and changed the plan.
(2)________ We should set aside enough grain.
(3)________ The decision of the court set aside the new law.
(4)为了某种特殊目的而搁置一旁 This is a room set aside for playing card games.
15. so that people in the neighborhood are not disturbed when rock musicians move in and practice for a concert.(P.24) ……目的是当乐师们搬进来为音乐会排练时,邻居不被打扰。
[讲解]disturb vt.①________,常用于_________(由于做了某事而焦虑不安);②________;
interrupt vt.打断、中断。因此disturb强调“扰”;interrupt强调“断”。
He was disturbed to hear of your illness. Don\'t disturb the papers on my desk.
She opened the door quietly so as not to disturb the sleeping child.
Don\'t interrupt the speaker now;he will answer questions later.
We interrupt this programme to bring you a new flash.
篇10:高二上unit 7语言点教案(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
Warming up
1. infect verb [vn] ~ sb/sth (with sth) 感染, 沾染上
It is not possible to infect another person through kissing. 接吻不可能把这种疾病传染给其他人。 people infected with HIV 感染爱滋病毒的人
Mary's high spirits infected all the girls in the class. 玛丽振奋的精神感染了班上所有的女孩子。
All the tomato plants are infected with a virus. 所有的西红柿植物都感染上了一种病毒。
Infected 感染病毒的, infection n. 传染,感染; infectious adj. 传染性的,感染的
an infected water supply 受污染的水系统;to be exposed to infection 暴露于易受感染的环境 an ear / throat, etc. infection 耳部/喉部感染
2. by swimming 通过游泳
相关词组:by accident=by chance 偶然地;by means of 借助,靠;by turns 轮流;by mistake 由于疏忽;by no means 决不
3. Live with 和。。。住在一起;忍受
As a boy, he lived with his parents but now he has his own house. 小时侯,他与父母一起住,现在有了自己的家了。
I can’t change the situation so I’m going to have to learn to live with it. 我无法改变形式,因此我不得不学着去忍受。
相关词组:live by 以…为生 ;live on 以…为主食
4. get tested for HIV进行艾滋病毒检测
get/be lost 迷路; get/be married 结婚; get/be separated 分离; get/be injured 受伤
5. via a 经由,经过(through a place) We flew home via Dubai. 我们乘飞机经迪拜回国。
b 通过,凭借( by means of a particular person, system, etc)
I heard about the sale via Jane. 我从简那里知道了大减价。
The news program came to us via satellite. 新闻节目是通过卫星传送到这里来的。
Listening Part 2
6. take/make notes of 记下,记录
take note of注意到;将。。。铭记在心 take note of what he says. 牢记他说的话。
take no notice of没注意到
Reading
7. be born dying 天生快要死去
be born+adj/n be born a musician/a poet=a born musician/poet天生的音乐家/诗人
Para 2
8.AIDS is a disease that breaks down the body’s immune system and leaves a person defenseless against infections and illnesses. 艾滋病是一种破坏人的免疫系统,使人体对感染疾病没有抵抗能力的疾病。
break down意为: 打倒;破坏; 把。。。分类,划分; 使分解为。。。。。出故障;崩溃;如:
Chemicals in the body break our food down into useful substances. 人体中的化学元素把食物分解成有用的物质。
The robbers broke the door down.强盗把门砸开了。
The peace talks are said to have broken down.据说和谈破裂了。
The car broke down halfway to the camp.车子在去营地的半路上抛锚了。
break的相关短语:
break the law 犯法 break out (战争、灾害)突然爆发
break into 破门而入 break up 打碎;拆散;(物理)分解
break the silence 打破沉寂 break in 打断(谈话);突然闯入
break through 突破
break away from 摆脱(束缚);克服(习惯);脱离(政府)
break up 粉碎,破碎,结束,散开,解散,break sth up 拆开,打散,结束(关系等)关闭,
这里leave是使役动词,意为“留下/使……处于某种状态”,后接形容词、副词、分词作宾语补足语。如:
The window was left open. 窗子开着。
They went back home, leaving the work unfinished. 他们撂下未完成的工作回家了。
9. help (to)keep
相关词组:can’t help doing 忍不住干…can’t help to do sth不能帮忙做某事can’t help but do不得不干help sb with sth帮某人干help oneself to sth随便,自取…with the help of sb 在某人的帮助下
10. living, alive, live, lively用法辨析:
①living表示“活着的;逼真的”,指人或物,在句中作表语或前置定语。如:
A living language should be learned orally. 一种活的语言应该通过口语来学习。
Shelly was still living when Keats died. 济慈死时,雪莱还活着。
He's the living image of his father. 他跟他父亲长得一模一样。
②alive多用作表语后置定语或宾语补足语,多用于人,表示“活着的;活的”。如:
Is she still alive? 她还活着吗?
They are the happiest children alive. 他们是当代最幸福的孩子。
An enemy officer was caught alive. 一名敌军官被活捉了。
③live作形容词时读作\[laiv\], 只用于物,作定语,表示“活的;活着的”、“现场直播的”。如:
This is a live fish. 这是一条活鱼。
It was a live broadcast, not a recording. 那是实况广播,不是录音广播。
alive亦可表示“(传统,习俗,机构)仍然存在着”的意思。如:
It was your way of keeping your marriage alive. 这是你保持婚姻不崩溃的办法。
(7)Ancient traditions are still very much alive in rural areas. 传统的习俗在农村地区仍很流行。
④lively读作[laivli],在句中作表语或定语,表示“有生气的”、“活泼的”、“生动的”。如:
He has lively imagination. 他有丰富的想象力。
What lively colours! 多么鲜明的色彩。
He gave a lively description of the football game. 他对这场足球赛进行了生动的描述。
11. survive vi. 存活,生存 vt. 幸存,挺过 比。。。活得长
Para 3
12. People get AIDS after having been infected with HIV. 感染了HIV之后就会得爱滋病。
这里having been done 是动名词被动式的完成式。表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前。如:I'm sorry to have kept you waiting.
We are too young to have seen the old society.
I apologize for having made such a terrible mistake. I regret not having told her the truth.
The man in the corner confessed to ____a lie to the manager of the company.
A have told B be told C being told D having told
13. 动词contract的用法
▲动词contract在本课中作“染有(坏习惯等)”“染上(疾病)”“负债”解释。如:
He contracted an awful stomach complaint while he was traveling. 他旅游时患了严重的胃病。
He contracted huge debts by buying luxuries he could not afford. 他因购买买不起的奢侈品而债台高筑。
▲contract可作“订合同”“订契约”解释
The city council has contracted with White Company for the new library. 市政会已与怀特公司立约,由其承建这座新图书馆。
The builders have contracted for three new bridges this year. 建设者立约承建三座新桥。
▲contract的原意是“收缩”“缩小”。如:
Iron contracts as it gets cooler. 铁冷却时收缩。
Our business has contracted a lot recently. 我们的买卖最近萎缩了不少。
14. wish 引导的从句中的虚拟语气
一、在动词wish后的宾语从句中的虚拟语气
一)、对现在情况的虚拟(与现在的事实相反):
I wish I knew the answer to the question.我希望知道这个答案。
I wish it were spring in my hometown all the year around.但愿我的家乡四季如春。
I wish I were a bird但愿我是只小鸟。
二)、对过去情况的虚拟(和过去的事实相反):
用wish表示对过去事情的遗憾。
1. I wish I hadn't wasted so much time.我后悔不该浪费这么多时间。
2. He wishes he hadn't lost the chance.他真希望没有失去机会。
例题分析:I wish I ______ longer this morning, but I had to get up and come to class.
A. could have slept B. slept C. might have slept D. have slept
动词wish后面接从句,表达不可能实现或与事实相反的情况时,谓语动词要用虚拟语气,即用过去式(表示现在发生的动作)或过去完成式(表示过去发生的动作)。本题后半句谓语动词have用的是过去时had to get up and come, 所以前面要用过去完成时表示过去发生的动作。所以, 选项A)could have slept是答案
三)、对将来情况的虚拟(表示将来的主观愿望):
从句动词”would/should/could/might + 动词原形“(时间上较后)。 用wish表示对将来事情的愿望。例:
1. I wish it would stop raining.我希望雨能停止。
2. I wish you would be quiet.我希望你安静一些。
3. You wished she would arrive the next day你希望她第二天会到。
4. I wish she would change her mind.我希望她会改变主意。
四)、注意:如果that 从句中用would , 一般表示对现状不满或希望未来有所改变或请求
I wish he would answer my letter. I wish prices would come down.
I wish you would help me. I wish you would stop asking silly questions.
15. lack一词的用法
lack在本课中作名词用,为不可数名词,后面常跟介词of。如:
Lack of rest made him tired. 缺乏休息使他疲劳。
I’ve got dark rings under my eyes from lack of sleep. 我睡眠不足,眼眶都发黑了。
Lack也可以作动词用,意为“缺乏”“缺少”“没有”,
I lack words with which to express my thanks. 我找不到话来表达我的谢意。
What you lack is perseverance. 他所缺少的是毅力。
They lacked a clear understanding of the problems. 他们对这问题缺乏清楚的认识。
16. as with 就象如同...的情况一样,如同...一样
As with the other production areas in the plant, safety and ecology are very important.
As with credit cards there is usually a 1.5% fee for obtaining cash, but no fee is added for purchases.
As with hiking, you should always think about your safety and wear good clothes. 正如远足一样,你应该总是想到安全,穿好合适的衣服。
17. available可用到的”、“可利用的”、“有用的”、“接受探访的”,常与介词for连用。如:
Is the manager available? 经理在不在?
These tickets are available for one month. 这些票有效期一个月。
I'm sorry, those overcoats are not available in your color and size. 对不起,这种外套没有你要的颜色和尺码。
Attention, please. These tickets are available on the day of issue only. 请注意,这种车票仅仅在发售当天有效。
Nowadays there is a lot of information available on the internet. 如今,可到因特网上获取大量的信息。
18. persuade vt. 说服;劝服;使某人相信((常与into, to或out of连用)。 (常与convince 换用, 不过persuade 的主要意思为“说服,劝说”; convince 主要意思是“使确信,信服”) 例如:Try to persuade him to let us go with him.试着说服他让我们跟他一起去。(persuade sb. to do sth.)
I allowed myself to be persuaded into entering the competition. 我搁不住人家的劝说,就参加了比赛。 (persuade sb into (doing ) sth)
It will be difficult to persuade them than there’s no other choice. 很难让他们相信别无选择。 (persuade sb that )
Persuasion(n. ) , persuasive (adj. 有说服力的,令人信服的)
19. as if或as though引导的状语从句
as if或as though引导方式状语从句,意为“好像”,在这种状语从句中,常用虚拟语气,具体用法是:当从句所述的情况与现在事实相反时,动词用过去式,与过去事实相反时,用过去完成时。如:
(1)He looks as if he were a football player. 他看上去好像是足球运动员。
(2)He talked about Paris as if he had been there. 他谈起巴黎来好像他去过那里。
(3)The room looks as if it had been empty for years. 这房间看上去好几年没人住了。
(4)It seem as if it were spring already. 现在仿佛已经是春天了。
(5)I remember the whole thing as if it happened yesterday. 这一切我记忆犹新,就像是昨天发生的事似的。
(6)He spoke to me as if he were an expert. 他对我讲起话来好像是专家似的。
【注】as if(though)从句的动作发生在主句动作之后时,用would+动词原形。如:
(7)It seems as if it would rain. 天似乎要下雨了。
Para 7
20. 注意这段中存在由that 引导的同位语从句和why 引导的定语从句
Integrating skills
21. Two weeks ago, Dr Richards had asked me a great many questions and taken samples of my blood. 两周前,Richards 医生问我许多问题并抽取我的血样。
a great(good) many相当于many,修饰名词复数形式,意为“许多;大量”。如:
I have a great many things to do today. 我今天有许多事情要做。
After a great many loud explosions, the race began. 在一连串喧闹的爆炸声之后,比赛开始了。
区别:(1) a great deal用作代词或副词,在句中作主语或状语。如:
A great deal has been said on this point. 关于这一点已经说很多了。
They still need a great deal more money to finish the project. 他们还需要一大笔钱来完成这个工程。
(2) a good deal of修饰不可数名词,意为“许多;大量”。如:
She spends a good deal of her time in Glasgow. 她的大部分时间是在格拉斯哥度过的。
Para 4
22. On the contrary, I now feel as if that was when my life really began. 相反,我现在觉得好像那才是我的生命真正开始之时。
on the contrary意为“与此相反”、“不是……而是”、“反之”。如:
- You must be tired. 你一定很累了。
- On the contrary, I feel wide awake. 相反, 我感觉很清醒。
(1) contrary 用作形容词,意为“相反的”、“相对的”、“格格不入的”。如:
Contrary to all advice he gave up his job and left for the south. 他不听任何劝告,放弃工作,去了南方。
Hot and cold are contrary terms. 热与冷是相反的词语。
Our sailing boat was delayed by contrary winds. 我们的帆船因逆风耽搁了。
(2) contrary用作名词,意为“反面”、“反义词”、“相反的事物”。如:
Cruelty is the contrary of kindness. 残忍是仁慈的反面。
He is neither tall nor the contrary. 他不高也不矮。
23. The cancer in my body has been defeated for the moment, but I know that I will never be completely free from it. 我体内的癌症暂时被打败了,但是我知道我永远不会彻底摆脱它。
for the moment意为“暂时, 目前”,在句中作状语。如:
Let's carry on with what we agreed for the moment. 咱们继续执行目前达成一致的部分吧。
有关moment短语:
in a moment 立刻,立即; for a moment 一会儿;at any moment 随时;在任何时候;at the last moment 在最后关头;at the moment 此刻; (正当)那时;the moment 一……就
for the moment, for a moment, at the moment和in a moment
▲for the moment作“暂时”“目前”解释。如:
Stop discussing for the moment, please. 请暂停讨论。
We have to stay in the inn for the moment as the hotels around are full. 由于周围的旅馆都已满了,我们暂时只能待在小客栈里。
▲for a moment意为“片刻”“一会儿”。如:
For a moment I thought of playing truant. 我一时起了逃学的念头。
I had to think for a moment before I remembered his name. 我想了一会儿才记起他的名字。
▲at the moment,用于现在时中,意为“此刻”;用于过去时中,意为“那时”。如:
I’m busy at the moment. 我此刻很忙。
Our manager is having an interview with a newspaper reporter at the moment. 我们经理此刻正在接受记者来访。
▲in a moment意为“立即”“立刻”。如:
You go first. I’ll come in a moment. 你先走,我马上就来。
It was done in a moment. 一会儿就完成了。
Don’t go away, the bus will start in a moment. 别走开,汽车马上就要开了。
▲of the moment (人,工作,议题等)红极一时,盛行一时
She is the fashion designer of the moment. 她是目前最红的设计师。
be free from 意为“解除;没有……的”。如:
The old lady is never free from pain. 老妇人一直在受苦。
The secretary was free from all blame for the errors. 这些失误完全不能怪秘书。
Free 意思很多,请看以下例句:
Please feel free to interrupt me if you don’t understand anything. (无限制的,无约束的)
He gave me free access to his library. (无限制的,无约束的)
The prisoner wished to be free again. (自由的)
All the books were given away free. (免费的)
Free of charge 免费
The doctor will be free in 20 minutes, can you wait that long?(空闲的)
He’s free with his money. (慷慨的,大方的)
用适当的介词填空:
①Can you wait ____ a moment? ②I'm afraid she's not here ____ the moment.
③This organization is free ____ tax worldwide.
24. Living with cancer has made me realize how precious life is and how important it is for us to take every chance to live life to the fullest. 癌症使我认识到了生命的可贵,认识到了抓紧时间充实生活的重要性。
(1)Living with cancer是动名词短语作主语
(2)感叹句本来应用陈述语序,在宾语从句中仍然用陈述语序。如:
What strange clothes he was wearing. 他穿的衣服多么怪异呀!
She said how nice it was of us to meet her at the airport. 她说我们到机场去接她真好。
(3)take chance意为“利用机会”、“碰碰运气”、“冒险”。如:
We will take the chances. 我们要冒这个险。
He is taking a chance by driving his car so fast. 他把车开得这么快是在冒险。
There is a chance that... 有……的可能; by chance 偶然地;chance of a lifetime 千载难逢的良机;by some chance 不知为啥;leave things to chance 听天由命, 听其自然
(4)to the full意为“充分地”、“十足地”。如:
She certainly lives life to the full. 当然她的日子过得很充实。
25. 语法
虚拟语气的三种句型是什么?
表示与现在事实相反的假设时,条件状语从句中的谓语动词用”过去式(be的过去式用were)“,而主句中的谓语动词用”would(should, could, might)+动词原形.“例如:
If I were you, I should study English. If he had time, he would attend the meeting.
表示与过去的事实相反的假设时,条件状语从句的谓语动词用”had +过去分词“,主句中的谓语动词用”would(should, could, might)+have +过去分词“.例如:
If you had taken my advice, you wouldn't have failed in the examination.
表示与将来事实相反的假设时,条件从句和主句所用的谓语动词怀”表示与现在事实相反的假设“的谓语动词相同,或者条件从句中用”were to(should)+动词原形“.例如:
If you come tomorrow, we would have the meeting. If it were to rain tomorrow, the meeting would be put off.
当条件状语从句表示的行为和主句表示的行为所发生的时间不一致时,动词的形式要根据它所表示的时间来调整.例如:
If you had worked hard, you would be very tired. (从句说的是过去,主句指的是现在.)
一、虚拟语气在简单句中的应用
1.情态动词的过去式用于现在进行时,表示说话人谦虚,客气,有礼貌或语气委婉,常出现在日常生活中。如:
Would you be kind enough to open the door? 请您把门打开,好吗?
2.用于一些习惯表达法中。如:
Would you like a cup of tea? 你想喝杯茶吗?I would rather not tell you. 我倒宁愿不告诉你。
3.用“may+动词原形”表示“祝愿”,may 必须置于句首。如:
May you be happy! 祝你幸福! May you succeed! 祝你成功!
二、虚拟语气用于主语从句
在It is necessary (important, natural, strange, etc) that...和It is desired (suggested, decided, ordered, requested, proposed, etc.)句型中,谓语动词的虚拟语气结构用“should+动词原形”的结构,表示惊奇,不相信,惋惜,理应如此等。如:
It is necessary that we should clean the room every day. 我们每天打扫房间是有必要的。
It will be suggested that she should finish her homework this afternoon. 建议她今天下午完成她的作业。
三、虚拟语气用于宾语从句
1.“I wish+宾语从句”表示不能实现的愿望。如:
I wish you could go with us. 我倒希望你们和我们一起走。
We wish we had arrived there two hours earlier. 我们倒希望早两小时到那里。
2.动词command, demand, insist, order, request, require, suggest等后面的宾语从句中用“(should)+动词原形”。如:
I suggest that we (should) have a meeting. 我建议我们开个会。
We insist that they (should) go with us. 我们坚持要他们和我们一起走。
注意:只有当insist作“坚持(认为)”,“坚持(应该)”,suggest作“建议”解时,从句的动作发生在谓语之后,宾语从句才用虚拟语气。当insist作“坚持”,suggest 作“暗示,表明”解时,宾语从句通常不用虚拟语气。如:
Mike insisted that he had never stolen anything. 迈克坚持说他没有偷任何东西。
The expression on his face suggested that he was very angry. 他脸上的表情说明他很生气。
四、虚拟语气用于表语从句、同位语从句
advice, idea, order, demand, plan, proposal, suggestion, request等名词与表语从句和同位语从句连用,其谓语动词一般要用虚拟语气的结构“(should)+动词原形”。例如:
We agreed to his suggestion that we (should) go to Beijing for sightseeing. 我们同意他的建议,去北京观光旅游。
My idea is that we (should) do exercises first. 我的看法是我们先做练习。
五、虚拟语气用于定语从句
在It is (high) time (that)...句型中,定语从句的谓语动词用过去式,或should+动词原形(should不能省略,be 用were)来表示,意为“早该”。例如:
It is (high) time we left (should leave). 我们该离开了。
It is high time we went to bed. 我们该睡觉了。
六、虚拟语气用于if only 引导的感叹句中
If only I had taken his advice. 我要是听他的话就好了。
If only I were a bird. 我如果是一只鸟就好了。
Unit 7 Living with disease 知识清单
Warming up
1. infect verb [vn] ~ sb/sth (______ sth) ______
It is not possible to infect another person through kissing. people infected with HIV
Mary's high spirits infected all the girls in the class.
All the tomato plants are infected with a virus.
Infected ______, infection n. ______; infectious adj. ______
an infected water supply______;to be exposed to infection ______ an ear / throat, etc. infection ______
2. by swimming _______________
相关词组:by accident=by chance ______;by means of ______;by turns ______;by mistake ______;by no means ______
3. Live with ______;______
As a boy, he lived with his parents but now he has his own house.
I can’t change the situation so I’m going to have to learn to live with it.
相关词组:live by ______ ;live on ______
4. get tested for HIV进行艾滋病毒检测
get/be lost; get/be married; get/be separated; get/be injured
5. via a ______(through a place) We flew home via Dubai.
b ______( by means of a particular person, system, etc)
I heard about the sale via Jane.
The news program came to us via satellite.
Reading
6. be born dying 天生快要死去
be born+adj/n be born a musician/a poet=a born musician/poet
Para 2
7.AIDS is a disease that breaks down the body’s immune system and leaves a person defenseless against infections and illnesses. 艾滋病是一种破坏人的免疫系统,使人体对感染疾病没有抵抗能力的疾病。
break down意为: a ______;b ______; c ______ d______;如:
Chemicals in the body break our food down into useful substances.
The robbers broke the door down.
The peace talks are said to have broken down.
The car broke down halfway to the camp.
break的相关短语:
break the law ______ break out ______break into ______ break up ______
break the silence ______ break in ______break through______break away from ______
break up ______,break sth up ______
这里leave是使役动词,意为“______”,后接______, ______, ______作宾语补足语。如: The window was left open. They went back home, leaving the work unfinished.
8. help (to)keep _________
相关词组:can’t help doing _________…can’t help to do sth_________can’t help but do不_________; help sb with sth_________help oneself to sth_________…with the help of sb _________
9. living, alive, live, lively用法辨析:
①living表示“______”,指人或物,在句中作表语或______定语。如:
A living language should be learned orally. Shelly was still living when Keats died.
He's the living image of his father.
②alive多用作表语, ______定语或宾语补足语,多用于______,表示“______”。如:
Is she still alive?
They are the happiest children alive.
An enemy officer was caught alive.。
③live作形容词时读作[laiv], 只用于______,作______语,表示“______”、“______”。如: This is a live fish. It was a live broadcast, not a recording.
alive亦可表示“(传统,习俗,机构)______”的意思。如:
It was your way of keeping your marriage alive.
(7)Ancient traditions are still very much alive in rural areas.
④lively读作[laivli],在句中作表语或定语,表示“______”。如:
He has lively imagination.
What lively colours!
He gave a lively description of the football game.
10. survive vi. ______ vt. ______
Para 3
11. People get AIDS after having been infected with HIV. 感染了HIV之后就会得爱滋病。
这里having been done 是动名词被动式的完成式。表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作______。如:I'm sorry to have kept you waiting.
We are too young to have seen the old society.
I apologize for having made such a terrible mistake. I regret not having told her the truth.
The man in the corner confessed to ____a lie to the manager of the company.
A have told B be told C being told D having told
12. 动词contract的用法
▲动词contract在本课中作“______”“ ______”“ ______”解释。如:
He contracted an awful stomach complaint while he was traveling.
He contracted huge debts by buying luxuries he could not afford.
▲contract可作“______”解释
The city council has contracted with White Company for the new library.
The builders have contracted for three new bridges this year.
▲contract的原意是“______”。如:
Iron contracts as it gets cooler. Our business has contracted a lot recently.
13. wish 引导的从句中的虚拟语气
一、在动词wish后的宾语从句中的虚拟语气
一)、对现在情况的虚拟(与现在的事实相反):
I wish I ______(know) the answer to the question.
I wish it ______(be ) spring in my hometown all the year around.
二)、对过去情况的虚拟(和过去的事实相反):
用wish表示对过去事情的遗憾。
1. I wish I ______ so much time.我后悔不该浪费这么多时间。
2. He wishes he ______ the chance.他真希望没有失去机会。
三)、对将来情况的虚拟(表示将来的主观愿望):
从句动词”would/should/could/might + 动词原形“(时间上较后)(请注意:主句和从句的主语不相同)。用wish表示对将来事情的愿望。例:
1. I wish it would stop raining. 2. I wish you would be quiet.我希望你安静一些。
3. You wished she would arrive the next day 4. I wish she would change her mind.
四)、注意:如果that 从句中用would , 一般表示对现状不满或希望未来有所改变或请求
I wish he would answer my letter.
I wish prices would come down.
I wish you would help me.
I wish you would stop asking silly questions.
Para 4
14. lack一词的用法
lack在本课中作名词用,为________名词,后面常跟介词________。如:
Lack of rest made him tired. I’ve got dark rings under my eyes from lack of sleep.
Lack也可以作动词用,意为“________”,
I lack words with which to express my thanks. What you lack is perseverance.
They lacked a clear understanding of the problems.
15. as with ________
As with the other production areas in the plant, safety and ecology are very important.
As with credit cards there is usually a 1.5% fee for obtaining cash, but no fee is added for purchases.
As with hiking, you should always think about your safety and wear good clothes.
Para 5
16. available可用到的”“可利用的”、“有用的”、“接受探访的”如:
Is the manager available? These tickets are available for one month.
I'm sorry, those overcoats are not available in your color and size.
Attention, please. These tickets are available on the day of issue only.
Nowadays there is a lot of information available on the internet.
Para 6
17. persuade vt. ________ (常与convince 换用, 不过persuade 的主要意思为“说服,劝说”; convince 主要意思是“使确信,信服”) 例如:
Try to persuade him to let us go with him.(persuade sb. to do sth.)
I allowed myself to be persuaded into entering the competition. (persuade sb into (doing ) sth)
It will be difficult to persuade them than there’s no other choice.(persuade sb that )
Persuasion(n. ) , persuasive (adj. ________)
18. as if或as though引导的状语从句
as if或as though引导方式状语从句,意为“好像”,在这种状语从句中,常用虚拟语气,具体用法是:当从句所述的情况与现在事实相反时,动词用________,与过去事实相反时,用________。如: (1)He looks as if he were a football player. (2)He talked about Paris as if he had been there.
(3)The room looks as if it had been empty for years. (4)It seem as if it were spring already.
(5)I remember the whole thing as if it happened yesterday. (6)He spoke to me as if he were an expert.
【注】as if(though)从句的动作发生在主句动作之后时,用would+动词原形。如:
(7)It seems as if it would rain. 天似乎要下雨了。
Para 7
19. 注意这段中存在由that 引导的同位语从句和why 引导的定语从句
Integrating skills
Para 1
20. Two weeks ago, Dr Richards had asked me a great many questions and taken samples of my blood. 两周前,Richards 医生问我许多问题并抽取我的血样。
a great(good) many相当于many,修饰名词________数形式,意为“________”。如:
I have a great many things to do today.
After a great many loud explosions, the race began.
区别:(1) a great deal用作代词或副词,在句中作________语或________语。如:
A great deal has been said on this point.
They still need a great deal more money to finish the project.
(2) a good deal of修饰不可数名词,意为“________”。如:
She spends a good deal of her time in Glasgow.
Para 4
21. On the contrary, I now feel as if that was when my life really began. 相反,我现在觉得好像那才是我的生命真正开始之时。
on the contrary意为“________”、“不是……而是”、“反之”。如:
- You must be tired. - On the contrary, I feel wide awake.
(1) contrary 用作形容词,意为“________”、“________”、“格格不入的”。如:
Contrary to all advice he gave up his job and left for the south. Hot and cold are contrary terms.
Our sailing boat was delayed by contrary winds.
(2) contrary用作名词,意为“________”、“反义词”、“相反的事物”。如:
Cruelty is the contrary of kindness. He is neither tall nor the contrary.
22. The cancer in my body has been defeated for the moment, but I know that I will never be completely free from it. 我体内的癌症暂时被打败了,但是我知道我永远不会彻底摆脱它。
for the moment意为“________”,在句中作状语。如:
Let's carry on with what we agreed for the moment.
有关moment短语:
in a moment ________; for a moment________;at any moment________;at the last moment ________;at the moment ________;the moment ________
for the moment, for a moment, at the moment和in a moment 辨析
▲for the moment作“________”解释。如:
Stop discussing for the moment, please.
We have to stay in the inn for the moment as the hotels around are full.
▲for a moment意为“________”。如:
For a moment I thought of playing truant. I had to think for a moment before I remembered his name.
▲at the moment,用于现在时中,意为“________”;用于过去时中,意为“________”。如:
I’m busy at the moment.
Our manager is having an interview with a newspaper reporter at the moment.
▲in a moment意为“________”。如:
You go first. I’ll come in a moment. It was done in a moment.
Don’t go away, the bus will start in a moment.
▲of the moment (人,工作,议题等)________
She is the fashion designer of the moment.
be free from 意为“________”。如:
The old lady is never free from pain. The secretary was free from all blame for the errors.
Free 意思很多,请看以下例句:
Please feel free to interrupt me if you don’t understand anything. (____________)
He gave me free access to his library. (____________)
The prisoner wished to be free again. (____________)
All the books were given away free. (____________)
Free of charge ____________
The doctor will be free in 20 minutes, can you wait that long?( ____________)
He’s free with his money. (____________)
用适当的介词填空:
①Can you wait ____ a moment? ②I'm afraid she's not here ____ the moment.
③This organization is free ____ tax worldwide.
23. Living with cancer has made me realize how precious life is and how important it is for us to take every chance to live life to the fullest. 癌症使我认识到了生命的可贵,认识到了抓紧时间充实生活的重要性。
(1)Living with cancer是动名词短语作________
(2)感叹句本来应用陈述语序,在宾语从句中仍然用陈述语序。 如:
What strange clothes he was wearing. 他穿的衣服多么怪异呀!
She said how nice it was of us to meet her at the airport. 她说我们到机场去接她真好。
(3)take chance意为“________”。如:
We will take the chances. He is taking a chance by driving his car so fast.
There is a chance that... ________; by chance ________;chance of a lifetime ________;by some chance ________;leave things to chance ________
(4)to the full意为“________”。如:
She certainly lives life to the full.
24. 语法
虚拟语气的三种句型是什么?
1. 表示与现在事实相反的假设时,条件状语从句中的谓语动词用”________“,而主句中的谓语动词用________”例如:
If I were you, I should study English. If he had time, he would attend the meeting.
表示与过去的事实相反的假设时,条件状语从句的谓语动词用“________”,主句中的谓语动词用“________”.例如:
If you had taken my advice, you wouldn't have failed in the examination.
表示与将来事实相反的假设时,条件从句和主句所用的谓语动词怀“表示与现在事实相反的假设”的谓语动词相同,或者条件从句中用“________”.例如:
If you come tomorrow, we would have the meeting.
If it were to rain tomorrow, the meeting would be put off.
当条件状语从句表示的行为和主句表示的行为所发生的时间不一致时,动词的形式要根据它所表示的时间来调整.例如:
If you had worked hard, you would be very tired. (从句说的是过去,主句指的是现在.)
一、虚拟语气在简单句中的应用
1.情态动词的过去式用于现在进行时,表示说话人谦虚,客气,有礼貌或语气委婉,常出现在日常生活中。如:
Would you be kind enough to open the door? 请您把门打开,好吗?
2.用于一些习惯表达法中。如:
Would you like a cup of tea? 你想喝杯茶吗? I would rather not tell you. 我倒宁愿不告诉你。
3.用“may+动词原形”表示“祝愿”,may 必须置于句首。如:
May you be happy! 祝你幸福! May you succeed! 祝你成功!
二、虚拟语气用于主语从句
在It is necessary (important, natural, strange, etc) that...和It is desired (suggested, decided, ordered, requested, proposed, etc.)句型中,谓语动词的虚拟语气结构用“should+动词原形”的结构,表示惊奇,不相信,惋惜,理应如此等。如:
It is necessary that we should clean the room every day.
It will be suggested that she should finish her homework this afternoon.
三、虚拟语气用于宾语从句
1.“I wish+宾语从句”表示不能实现的愿望。如:
I wish you could go with us. We wish we had arrived there two hours earlier.
2.动词command, demand, insist, order, request, require, suggest等后面的宾语从句中用“(should)+动词原形”。如:
I suggest that we (should) have a meeting. We insist that they (should) go with us.
注意:只有当insist作“坚持(认为)”,“坚持(应该)”,suggest作“________”解时,从句的动作发生在谓语之后,宾语从句才用虚拟语气。当insist作“________”,suggest 作“________”解时,宾语从句通常不用虚拟语气。如:
Mike insisted that he had never stolen anything. The expression on his face suggested that he was very angry.
四、虚拟语气用于表语从句、同位语从句
advice, idea, order, demand, plan, proposal, suggestion, request等名词与表语从句和同位语从句连用,其谓语动词一般要用虚拟语气的结构“________”。例如:
We agreed to his suggestion that we (should) go to Beijing for sightseeing. 我们同意他的建议,去北京观光旅游。
My idea is that we (should) do exercises first. 我的看法是我们先做练习。
五、虚拟语气用于定语从句
在It is (high) time (that)...句型中,定语从句的谓语动词用过去式,或should+动词原形(should不能省略,be 用were)来表示,意为“早该”。例如:
It is (high) time we left (should leave). It is high time we went to bed.
六、虚拟语气用于if only 引导的感叹句中
If only I had taken his advice. If only I were a bird.
篇11:高考复习一人教版高二Unit17-20语言点(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
Unit 17
1 guidance n. 指导,指引
He did the work with his teacher's guidance. 他在老师的指导下做了这件工作。
under sb.'s guidance 在某人指导下
traffic guidance 交通管理
【习惯用语】
take sb. under one's guidance 置某人于自己的庇护之下
2 gift n.
天赋;才能[C][(+for)]
He is a man of gifts.他是个多才多艺的人。
The boy has a gift for music.这男孩有音乐天赋。
礼品[C]
She has got lots of birthday gifts.她得到了许多生日礼物。
【英】【口】极便宜的东西;极容易做的事[S]
At five dollars, it is a gift!只卖五美元,那真是便宜。
vt.赋予[(+with)]
He was gifted with a good voice.他天生一个好嗓子。
【习惯用语】
have a gift for 对...有天赋
in sb.'s gift 有赠与权; 为某人所赠与; 由某人安排处理
in the gift of sb. 有赠与权; 为某人所赠与; 由某人安排处理
3 assist vt.帮助,协助[(+with/in)][O]
We asked him to assist us in designing a new bridge.
我们请他帮助我们设计一座新桥
assist sb. to his feet 搀扶某人站起来
vi.帮助,协助[(+with/in)]
He assisted in designing the new bridge.他协助设计那条新桥。
习惯用语】
assist sb. with sth. 帮助某人[做某事]
assist sb. to do sth. 帮助某人[做某事]
assist sb. in doing sth. 帮助某人[做某事]
用法归纳
*assist有如下用法:(1)+宾语;(2)+宾语+介词+(代)名词;(3)+宾语+副词(短语);(4)+宾语+to do。
特别提示用作不及物动词时常与介词in和with搭配。
4 sympathy n.
同情,同情心[U][(+for/with)]
I have no sympathy for beggars.我不同情乞丐。
一致,同感;赞同[U][(+with)]
Many people are in sympathy with your views.许多人赞同你的看法。
I have no sympathy with your silly ideas.我不赞成你那愚蠢的主意。
怜悯,慰问
a letter of sympathy 慰问信
【习惯用语】
express sympathy for (对...表示)慰问
feel sympathy for (=have sympathy for) 同情
in sympathy with 同情; 赞成; 和...一致
out of sympathy with 对...不同情; 不赞成; 对...没有同感, 和...不一致
win sympathy of 博得...的同情
5 adjust vt.
调节;改变...以适应[(+to)]
She must learn to adjust herself to English life.她必须学会适应英国的生活。
校正;校准;调整
I must adjust my watch, it's fast.我的表快了,我得把它校准。
adjust the errors 校正误差
vi.调整;校准;适应[(+to)]
Astronauts in flight must adjust to weightlessness.宇航员在飞行中得适应失重状态。
【习惯用语】
adjust to... 使自己适应于
adjust oneself to... 使自己适应于
6 victory n.
胜利;战胜;成功[C][U][(+in/over)]
The basketball team had a string of victories last season.这个篮球队在上一个赛季中赢得了一连串的胜利。
a major victory 大捷
narrow victory 很勉强的胜利, 险胜
【习惯用语】
gain [have, obtain, win] a (the) victory over 战胜...; 击败...
【参考词汇】
victory conquest 都含“取胜”、“胜利”的意思。
victory 指“在战争、竞赛、斗争中获胜”, 并有“击败对方或敌人”的含义, 如:
They won a victory in battle. 他们在战斗中获胜。
conquest 指“征服某国或某民族, 从而使之处于被支配地位的胜利或战胜”, 如:
They succeeded in the conquest of that city. 他们夺取了那城市。
7 sense
8 participate vi.
. 参加,参与[(+in)]
No professionals participated in the contest.没有职业选手参加这一比赛。
Everyone can participate in this game.每个人都能参加这游戏。
分享,分担[(+in/with)]
participate in profits 分享利润
含有,带有[(+of)]
His poems participate of the nature of satire.他的诗带有讽刺性。
9 role n.[C]角色
She played the leading role in the school play.她在学校的戏里扮演主角。
the leading role 主角
作用,任务
He denied any role in the robbery.他否认曾参与这起抢劫案。
【习惯用语】
fill the role of 担负...的任务
play an important role in 在...中起重要作用
play the leading role 起主要作用, 起带头作用
play the role of(sb.) (在剧中)扮演(某人)角色
10 impair vt.削弱;减少
Fatigue impaired their judgment.疲劳削弱了他们的判断力。
损害,损伤
Poor food impaired her health.粗劣的食物损害了她的健康。
adj. impaired 受损的;变差的
TV reception may be impaired in some areas.某些地区电视的接收效果可能会受到影响。
Unit 18
1 reject vt. 拒绝;不接受
He rejected their invitation point-blank. 他直截了当地拒绝了他们 的邀请。
We rejected his idea for a music club, and decided to have an art club instead.
我们没有采纳他关于成立音乐俱乐部的想法,而是决定成立艺术俱乐部。
丢弃
驳回;否决
The prisoner's plea for pardon was rejected.该犯的赦免请求被驳回了。
reject an offer of help 拒绝别人提供的帮助
reject an appeal 驳回上诉
a rejected suitor 未被接受的求婚者
2 possibility
n.可能性[U][(+of)][+that]
There is a good possibility of rain tonight.今晚很可能要下雨。
可能的事,可能发生的事[C]
Life on other planets is a possibility.其他行星上有生命是可能的。
发展前途,潜在价值c
He is a man of possibilities.他是一个有发展前途的人。
be within [out of] the range of possibility ... 是可能[不可能]的
by any possibility 万一, 也许
by some possibility 或许
What are the -ties? 有哪些可能发生的情况?
Is it a possibility that you will work abroad? 你有可能去国外工作吗?
There is no possibility of his coming. 他不可能来。
3 otherwise ad.
用别的方法;不同样地
We'll get there somehow, by boat or otherwise.我们总要设法去那里的,乘船也好,用其他办法也好。
We were going to play football, but it was so hot that we decided to do otherwise.
我们原打算踢足球,可是天很热,我们就决定干别的了。
在其他方面;除此以外
The rent is a bit high, but otherwise the house is satisfactory.这所房子租金贵了点,但在其他方面倒是令人满意的。
否则,不然
I'm not feeling very well today -- otherwise I would do it myself.
今天我身体不太舒服,否则这事我就亲自去做了。
【习惯用语】
and otherwise 等等, 及其他
but otherwise 然而在别的方面却
or otherwise 或相反
otherwise from 不同于
otherwise than 与...不同的; 除...之外
4 attempt vt.
试图;企图;试图做[+to-v][+v-ing]
They attempted to finish the task before July.他们试图在七月以前完成这项任务。
试图攻占
They attempted the life of the dictator.他们试图杀死这个独裁者。
n.[C]企图,尝试[(+at/on)][+to-v]
He made an attempt on the world record.他试图打破世界纪录。
Her attempt at poetry was a failure.她尝试写诗失败了。
Zhang Jian made an attempt to swim across the English Channel.
张健试图游过英吉利海峡。
They decreased their production in an attempt to push the prices.
他们减少生产量,以试图抬高价格。
攻击[(+on)]
Several attempts have been made on the president's life.已经有人三番五次试图谋杀总统。
【习惯用语】
make an attempt at 打算; 试图
make an attempt at to do 打算; 试图
make an attempt on 试图夺取
make an attempt on sb.'s life 试图杀害某人
in an attempt to 力图, 试图
用法归纳
*attempt 可用作名词和及物动词,意为:努力、尝试、企图、未遂行为; 尝试;试图;试图征服(危险的山、海等)。
特别提示
attempt 用作及物动词表示“试图;企图”时,常含结果失败之意。
5 allow for考虑[(+for)]
In working with this cloth, be sure to allow for shrinking.用这种布缝衣,务必考虑到洗后会缩水。
Allowing for inflation, the cost of the project is $2 million.考虑到通货膨胀的因素,这个项目的费用为200万美元。
注:allow vt. 允许,准许[O][+v-ing]
Swimming is not allowed at this beach.这片海滩禁止游泳。
She allowed us to smoke.她允许我们抽烟。
准...进;准...出[O]
He doesn't allow cats in the room.他不允许猫进入房内。
【书】承认[+that]
He allowed that they were right.他承认他们是对的。
vi.容许[(+of)]
The situation allows of no delay.情况不容许有任何延误。
相关归纳
considering(介词)考虑到;鉴于
Considering the strength of the opposition,we did very well to score two goals.
考虑到对方实力强大,我们进了两个球就很不错了。
John did quite well considering how little he studied.考虑到约翰才学了那么一点点,他考得已算很不错了。
特别提示 allow for 为动词词组,而considering词性为介词。
6 be aware of
I’m well(quite)aware of the risk.我深知那项风险。
She was/became aware of the danger.她(终于)觉察到危险。
He was aware that he had drunk too much.他晓得他喝了太多(酒)。
Few of them were aware(of)what a hypocrite he really was.
他们之中很少人知道他实际上是个什么样的伪君子。
Are you aware(of)how much this means to me?你晓得这对我有多大意义吗?
特别提示
作介词“of”宾语的可数名词、that从句及wh-从句,在接从句时,of常可省略。
【参考词汇】
aware conscious sensible 都含有“意识到的”意思。
aware 侧重“感官所意识到的外界事物”, 如:
Everybody is aware of the importance of the Four Modernizations.
每个人都意识到了四化的重要性。
conscious 侧重“心理感知”, 如:
He is conscious of a sense of quilt. 他感到内疚。
sensible 指“可用感官察觉到的(较复杂或抽象的事物的)”, 如:
I was sensible of her solemn grief. 我知道她很悲哀。
7 more than “与其说……倒不如……;不只是”的表示法
教材原句
They need recognition, more than sympathy and help.
与其说他们需要同情与帮助,倒不如说他们需要承认。
补充例句
(1)It’s her manner I dislike, more than what she actually says.
我讨厌的倒不是她实际上说些什么,而是她的态度。
(2)She cares far more for her dogs than she does for me.
她关心狗远远胜过关心我。
(3)Chinese is more than a language.中文不仅仅是一种语言。
*rather than也表此意
(1)He is a politician rather than a statesman.说他是政治家,不如说他是政客。
(2)It is hot rather than warm.与其说天气暖和,不如说是热。
(3)I would prefer to stay home rather than go out.
我宁愿留在家里也不愿出去。
Unit 19
1 argue vi.争论,辩论;争吵[(+with/over/about)]
I'm not going to argue with you tonight.我今晚不想与你争辩。
提出理由[(+for/against)]
He argued against the plan.他据理反对这个计划。
Vt .辩论;议论
We argued the matter over for hours.我们为这事辩论了几小时。
主张,认为[+that]
Columbus argued that the world was round.哥伦布认为地球是圆形的。
说服[(+into/out of)]
We argued her out of going on such a dangerous journey.我们说服她不要去作这样危险的旅行。
【习惯用语】
argue about \on\ over辩论[争论]某事
argue against 反驳 ;显示出与...相反的结论, 证明...是站不住脚的
argue down 驳倒某人
argue sb. down 驳倒某人
argue for 赞成; 为...而力争
argue sb. into 说服某人(做某事或接受某种意见)
argue sb. out of 说服某人不做某事, 打消某种念头
2 desire vt. 渴望;要求[+to-v][+that][O]
He desired us to leave soon.他希望我们尽快离开。
She desired to marry a rich man.她很想嫁个富翁。
People desire peace.人们渴望和平。
She desires that you (should) see her at once. 她要你立即见她。
n.欲望,渴望[C][U][(+for)]
I have no desire to discuss the question.我不想讨论这个问题。
. 渴望的东西;渴望的人
He brought me my heart's desire.他给我带来了我心里渴望的东西。
【习惯用语】
at sb.'s desire 应某人的要求
by desire 应邀
have a strong desire to do sth. 迫切想做某事
satisfy one’s desire 满足某人的愿望
【参考词汇】
desire wish want 都含“需要或希望得到”的意思。
desire属正式用语, 可代替wish 和want, 强调“主观愿望的热切性”, 含有“强烈希望做某事”的意思, 如:
He got the book he desired. 他得到了他渴望得到的那本书。
wish语气比desire弱, 一般用于“难以实现或不可能实现的愿望”, 强调“主语的主观愿望”, 指“希望”、“愿”、“想”, 如:
I wish I could have a new car.
我多么希望有一辆新车(我要是有一辆新车就好了)。
want 多用于口语式普通场合, 指“想”、“要”或“需要”, 表示“较弱的偏爱、选择”或“强烈的需要、热爱”, 如:
I want a book. 我要一本书。
3 envy n.妒忌;羡慕[U][(+at/of/towards)]
She said it out of envy.她出于嫉妒说了这话。
Feel envy at…对…感到嫉妒
妒忌的对象;羡慕的目标[(+of)]
His talent is the envy of his colleagues.他的同事都羡慕他的才能。
vt.妒忌;羡慕[O]
I envy you your good luck.我羡慕你的好运。
【习惯用语】
green with envy 妒忌得面色发青, 非常妒忌
lost in envy 非常嫉妒
4 swear vi.发誓;宣誓
They refused to swear on a Bible.他们拒绝手按《圣经》发誓。
诅咒;骂脏话[(+at)]
What is the woman swearing at?那女人在咒骂什么?
vt.发(誓);宣(誓)
Before giving evidence you have to swear an oath.在作证之前你得先发誓。
发誓要;起誓保证[+to-v][+(that)]
The witness swore to tell the truth.证人起誓保证讲真话。
【口】断言;保证说[+(that)]
He swore that he had never talked with the girl.他发誓说,他从未与那个姑娘说过话。
使宣誓[(+to)]
You must swear him to silence.你一定要他发誓保持沉默。
使宣誓就任[(+in)]
The new president will be sworn in January.
新总统将在一月份宣誓就职。
【习惯用语】
be sworn in (to office) 宣誓就职
swear against 指控(某人)并起誓所控属实
swear at 咒骂; [俚](颜色)和...完全不调和
swear by 以(...名义)起誓, 以(人格)担保; [口]非常信赖; 肯定, 确定
swear sb. to sth. 使某人发誓做某事
swear to sth. 保证某事; 肯定某事
5 declare vt.宣布,宣告;声明[O][+(that)]
The new Congress declared a state of war with Germany.新的国会向德国宣战了。
宣称;断言[+(that)]
The accused man declared himself innocent.被告声称他是无罪的。
She declared that she didn't want to see him again.她宣称再也不愿见他了。
She declared herself(to be)innocent.她声称自己是清白的。
申报(纳税品等)I have nothing to declare.我没什么要申报的。
vi.声明,表示[(+for/against)]
We declared for their proposal.我们声明赞成他们的建议。
Declare… off取消
declare war on/against...对……宣战
Terrorists declared war on the United States,and war is what they got.
(布什总统高论)恐怖分子向美国宣战,而他们得到的就是战争。
用法归纳
declare用作及物动词和不及物动词。含义为:宣布,宣告,声称。用作及物动词时的主要用法为:+名词/从句/复合宾语。
6 .immediately
adv. We must act immediately.我们必须立即行动。
conj. You may leave immediately he comes.他一来你就可以离开了。
用法归纳
immediately可用作副词和连词。主要有两个义项:立即、马上(=at once,without delay);一……就……(=as soon as)。
特别提示
immediately用作连词时后接从句,另外,表示“一……就……”的句型还有:
the moment/the minute/the instant+ 从句
directly/instantly+ 从句 as soon as+ 从句
on/upon+n./v.-ing No sooner had+ 主语+过去分词+than-从句
Hardly had+ 主语+过去分词+when-从句
7 order
n. 次序, 顺序, 正常(工作)状态, 秩序, 命令, 定购
vt. 命令, 定购, 定制
keep order 维持秩序
give orders 下命令
take orders 接受命令
n.顺序,次序[U] ;状况;良好的状况[U]
The names are in alphabetical order.名字按字母顺序排列。
Things were in terrible order.情况一团糟。
The young teacher can't keep order in her classroom.那位年轻教师无法维持课堂秩序。
命令,指示[+to-v][+(that)]
He gave orders that the job be done in three days.他指示三天内完成这项工作。
订购;订货[C][(+for)]
The company received a large order for computers.这家公司接到一份要求大量供应电脑的订单。
【习惯用语】
in good order 有条不紊, 整齐; 情况正常
in order 按照顺序; 挨次 ;整齐; 整洁
in order that ... 为了..., 目的在于...
in order to 为了(做某事), 以便(做某事)
keep in order 使遵守秩序; 维持秩序
on order 定购中(发货而尚未交货)
out of order 次序紊乱 ;(机器等)失灵; 出故障
under the orders of 受...的指挥, 在...指挥下
用法归纳
order 可用作名词和动词,主要义项有:命令,订购,订做,点菜;次序,顺序。用作动词时主要用法为:+名词/ sb.to do sth./sth.to be done/sb.+adv./sb.+斜.prep.斜./that从句
特别提示 order后that从句中的谓语动词形式为“(should)+动词原形”。类似的词还有:demand,desire,insist,propose,request,require,suggest等。
8 mercy
n. -cies 宽大;宽恕 ;仁慈;慈悲
show mercy to sb. 对某人起了怜悯之心
幸运
It's a mercy that the explosion happened after the theatre.
“爆炸发生在散戏以后,真是不幸中之大幸。”
【习惯用语】
at the mercy of 任…处置;无能为力
beg for mercy 乞求宽大, 讨饶, 乞怜
for mercy(=for mercy's sake) 请大发慈悲, 请可怜可怜
have mercy on [upon] 对...有怜悯心
have sb. at one's mercy 使某人任凭自己摆布
in one's mercy 出于恻隐之心
It is a mercy. 真幸运。
M-on me! 哎呀! 我的天哪!
show mercy to sb. 对某人表示宽大[仁慈]
take sb. to mercy 饶某人的命, 免某人一死
take mercy on 对...表示怜悯
without mercy 残忍地, 毫不留情地
9倍数表达法
教材原句
If you offered me six times what you have just offered,I would still take my pound of flesh.
即使你愿意给我六倍于你刚才提出的钱数,我也要得到我应得的一磅肉。
特别提示 英语中表示倍数的句式有:
倍数+as+形容词(副词)原级+as
倍数+形容词(副词)比较级+than
倍数+the+名词(size, weight, height, depth, length, width等)+of...
形容词的比较级+than...+by+倍数
倍数+what从句
用times表示倍数时,一般是限于表示三倍或三倍以上的数,表示两倍用twice或double,一倍则用once。
补充例句
(1)This square is three times as big as that one.=This square is twice bigger than that one.=This square is three times the size of that one.=This square is bigger than that one by twice.这个方块是那个的三倍大(大两倍)。
(2)He offered me six times what you have just offered.他愿意给我六倍于你所提供的钱。
(3)Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲是欧洲的四倍大。
(4)The tower is twice the height of the building.这塔是那栋楼房的两倍高。
(5)The earth is 49 times the size of the moon.地球的体积是月球的49倍。
10 so+adj.+ a/an+n.句型
教材原句 He is young,but I never knew so young a body with so wise a head.
他很年轻但是我过去从来不知道有这么年轻又如此聪明的人。
如果形容词前有as,so,too,how时,a/an就放在形容词之后,其结构是:as/too/so/how+ adj. +a/an + n.。
11 .flesh, meat
flesh通常指人或动物身上的肉或果肉。
meat供食用的兽类的肉(区别于鱼或禽类的肉)。
注意:猪肉pork;牛肉beef;羊肉mutton;鹿肉venison;马肉horse meat;鸡肉chicken;鸭肉duck;鹅肉goose等。
12 .offer up 贡献
She offered up a prayer to God for her husband’s safe return.她向上帝祷告,保佑她丈夫平安回来。
offer up a sacrifice作出牺牲;献祭
相关归纳
(1)offer sb.sth.=offer sth.to sb.给某人提供某物
He offered me his seat.他主动让座给我。
(2)offer to do sth.主动干某事
The boys offered to help the old woman.孩子们要帮助那位老妇人。
(3)offer some money for sth.出价多少买某物
We offered 1 000 dollars for the computer.我们出价1 000美圆买这台电脑。
(4)offer sth.for some money出价多少卖某物
I offered him the house for thirty thousand yuan.我以三万元的价格卖给他这所房子。
(5)offer/give sb.a lift让某人搭便车;帮助
He gave me a lift by lending me 100 dollars.他借给我100美圆来帮助我。
unit 20
1 curiosity
n. 好奇心[U][(+about)][+to-v]
We burned with curiosity over what was in the box.我们急切地想知道箱子里是什么东西。
He is full of curiosity. 他充满了好奇心。
奇品;珍品,古玩[C]
The old wooden skis are a curiosity.那副木制旧滑雪板是珍奇之物。
【习惯用语】
from curiosity (=out of curiosity) 在好奇心驱使下
set sb.'s curiosity 引起某人的好奇心
satisfy one’s curiosity满足…的好奇心
curious 稀奇的, 奇异的;好奇的
【习惯用语】
be curious about sth. 对(某事物)感到好奇
be curious to (do) 很想(做); 渴望(做)
2 .decorate v. 装饰,修饰[(+with)]
We decorated the Christmas tree with glass balls.我们用玻璃球装饰圣诞树。
授勋(章)给[(+for)]
The general was decorated for winning the battle.将军因赢得这一战役而被授勋。
特别提示
decorate不接双宾语,而采用decorate...with sth.结构。
[误]Some pictures of pop stars were decorated on the wall.
[正]The wall was decorated with some pictures of pop stars.
decoration装饰,装潢[U]; 装饰物,装饰品[C]
They are putting up decorations for the festival.他们在为节日布置装饰品。
勋章;奖章[C] award a decoration授予勋章
3【常用词组】
die away 逐渐停止,逐渐消失
The noise of the motorcar died away. 摩托车的噪声消失了。
die down 逐渐减弱,逐渐模糊
“After the excitement of the audience died down, the speaker restarted his speech.”
“等听众激动的情绪平息后,演讲人又重新开始演讲。”
die off 相继死去
“As the window was still middle-aged, her relatives all died off.”
“这个寡妇还在中年时,她的亲属就先后离开了人世。”
die out 灭绝
4 serve
vt. 为...服务;为...服役
Children must be educated to serve their country when they grow up.
必须教育孩子长大后为国家服务。
供应[(+with)] a pipeline serving the house with water 给房子供水的水管
侍候(顾客等);供应(饭菜);端上[(+to/with)]
She served me a cup of coffee.她给我端上一杯咖啡。
任(职);服(刑);当(学徒)[(+as/for/in)]
He served eight years in prison.他坐过八年牢。
适合(特定用途或目的);对...有用;供...使用[+to-v]
My old car has served me well.我那辆旧汽车对我很有用。
vi.服务;服役;供职;帮佣[(+in/on/under)]
My father served in the navy during the Second World War.
我父亲在第二次世界大战期间在海军服役。
招待,侍候;上酒,端菜
Pearl is serving at the table.珀尔在侍候进餐。
适用;有用;足够[(+for/as)][+to-v]
A simple example will serve to illustrate the point.一个简单的例子可以说明这一点。
This box will serve for a seat. 这箱子可当作座椅。
This platform would serve as a port and a railway station. 这个平台将用作港口和火车站。
【习惯用语】
serve as [for] 作为...用; 担任; 起...作用
serve on 担任...的职; 成为...中的一员
serve out 发给, 分配 ;做到期满, 学到期满
serve sb. out 使自食其果, 给予报复, 使吃苦头
serve up 端出(饭菜等); 提出, 提供
serve with 向... 提供; 把(传票)交给
5 spare vt.
分出,腾出(时间,人手);分让(多余的东西)[(+for)]
Can you spare me a few minutes?你能为我挪出几分钟时间吗?
(常用于否定句或疑问句)节约,省用;吝惜
He spared no expense in building a villa for himself.他不惜工本为自己造了一幢别墅。
spare no efforts [pains] 不遗余力
spare no expense 不惜工本 =spare sb. his life)饶某人一命
使免遭;免去;解除
I want to spare him the trouble of seeing me off at the airport.
我不想麻烦他去机场为我送行。
饶恕,赦免;不伤害
They took his money but spared his life.他们拿走了他的钱但饶了他一命。
a.多余的,剩下的;空闲的
He has nothing to do in his spare time.他休闲时间无事可做。
备用的
Every car should carry a spare tire.每辆车子应带一个备用轮胎。
节约的;少量的;贫乏的[(+of)]
He is spare of speech.他很少说话。
n.[C]备用品;备用轮胎
This tire is damaged. Do you have a spare?这个轮胎坏了,你有备用轮胎吗?
【习惯用语】
to spare 剩余;多余
6 cover vt. 遮盖;覆盖[(+with)]
Mary covered her face with her hands.玛丽用双手捂住脸。
The highway was covered with snow.公路被雪覆盖着。
掩饰;隐匿
She laughed to cover her anxiety.她试图以笑来掩饰她的焦虑。
Lies cannot cover up facts. 谎言掩盖不住事实。
包含;适用于
These regulations cover such cases.这些规定适用于这类情况。
His reading covers a wide range of subjects.他阅读的书籍涉及多种学科。
. (不用被动态)行过(路程)
We covered about 30 miles a day.我们每天大约走三十英里。
采访,报导
Jack covered the Gulf War for CNN then.杰克当时替美国有线新闻电视网报导海湾战争。
(钱)足够付;负担支付
Is the money sufficient to cover the tuition?这笔钱付学费够吗?
These expenses are covered by the state. 这些费用都由国家负担。
占(时间或空间)
The town covers 5 square miles. 小镇占地5平方英里。
为...进行保险; 抵偿;使免受损失[(+against)]
Are the goods covered against fire damage?这批货物保了火险吗?
7 .date back to, date from
The Great Wall dates back to the Spring and Autumn Period.长城始建于春秋时代。
In China,the needle treatment dates from ancient times.在中国,针灸疗法起源于古代。
特别提示
date back to 也可写作date from,后常接过去时间,动词date用一般现在时,而且不用被动语态。
相关归纳
(1)bring...up to date 使……赶上时代;使……成为最新之物;给予(某人有关……的)最新消息/资料(on,about)
All the equipment has to be brought up to date.所有装备必须予以更新。
Please bring me up to date on the fuel requirement.请将最新燃料需求的资料提供给我。
(2)out of date过时的,旧式的
This encyclopedia has gone out of date.这部百科全书已过时了。
(3)up to date迄今,直到现在;最新的,现代的
Our computer is up to date.我们的电脑是最新式的。
(4)without date没有日期的;(美)无期限的
a letter without date一封没有日期的信
8 lie, lay
原 形 过去式 过去分词 现在分词 词 义 用 法 搭 配
lie lied lied lying 说谎 vi./n. 说谎
lie lay lain lying 躺,位于 vi. 在于
lay laid laid laying 放置,下(蛋) vt. 放下,放弃
Success lies in hard work.成功在于勤奋。
Lies have short legs.谎言总是站不住脚的。
Lu Xun laid down medicine and took up writing.鲁迅弃医从文。
Many people laid down their lives for our country.许多人为祖国献出了生命。
She laid herself down.=She lay down. 她躺下了
Lie vi.(人、动物)躺,卧;(东西)被平放
His hat and gloves were lying on the table.他的帽子和手套都放在桌上。
He lay down for a rest.他躺下休息一会。
呈...状态,置于[L]
The whole city lay in ruins after the earthquake.地震之后整个城市成了一片废墟。
I have lain awake all night thinking of them.我心里想着他们,彻夜未眠。
(事情)在于
The remedy lies in education.补救的办法在于教育。
位于Japan lies to the east of China.日本在中国的东面。
9 certain, sure 确信,有把握
相同点:① 都可接about/of,意思是“确信,对……有把握”,只能用人作主语。
Are you sure/certain of that?你对那件事有把握吗?
②都可接不定式,意思是“一定会……”,人或物均可作主语。
He is certain/sure to succeed.他一定会成功。
The project is sure/certain to be a success.这个计划一定会成功。
③后面跟连接词(疑问词,连词whether)+不定式结构,意思是“确定……”,只能用人作主语。
I’m not sure/certain what to do.我不知道怎么办。
④都可跟从句,意思是“肯定……,确定……”,只能用人作主语。
I’m not sure/certain whether I’ve met him before.我不能确定以前是否见过他。
不同点:sure不能用于“It is certain that...”句型。
It is certain that your team will win.你们队肯定会赢。
应用
It’s quite ______that Dr Smith will be present at the meeting.
A.certain B.sure C.certainly D.surely
答案:A
典例剖析
【例1】 (上海高考题)Why?I have nothing to confess.______you want me to say?
A.What is it that B.What it is that C.How is it that D.How it is that
剖析:考查强调句。
答案:A
【例2】 (20全国卷Ⅰ,27)I like ______in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.
A.this B.that C.it D.one
剖析:“it”是代词,作宾语,代替后面的句子“when the weather is clear and bright”。
答案:C
【例3】 (年北京,24)The Foreign Ministersaid, “______our hope that the two sides will work towards peace.”
A.This is B.There is C.That is D.It is
剖析:考查的是“It is+n.+ that从句”
答案:D
【例4】(2004年湖北,24)It was ______back home after the experiment.
A.not until midnight did he go
B.until midnight that he didn’t go
C.not until midnight that he went
D.until midnight when he didn’t go
剖析:这是一个强调句,对not until midnight进行强调,要用that连接。
答案:C
【例5】(2004年福建,26)I’d like to buy a house
-modern,comfortable,and ______in a quiet neighbour-hood.
A.in all B.above all C.after all D.at all
剖析:above all首要,最重要的是;in all总计;after all毕竟;at all根本,全然。
答案:B
【例6】(2004年上海,52)In dealing with public relations,we should make every effort to prevent the ______in personality.
A.contact B.contrast C.connection D.conflict
剖析:contact 和connection是同义词,“联系”;contrast “对比”;conflict “冲突”。
答案:D
篇12:unit 9 saving the earth(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
Lesson 34
(the first period)
PART 1 Understanding of the teaching material
STATUS AND FUNCTION
1. This unit is about pollution. It is a focus of the whole world. This lesson is the second one of Unit 9. It is a passage about some serious problems the earth has. It is related to our daily life.
2. This lesson is very helpful for the Ss to improve their reading comprehension ability and spoken English.
TEACHING AIMS AND DEMANDS
Knowledge objects
1. To make the Ss know that now the earth has a lot of serious problems and people are causing a lot damage to the earth. And if people don’t stop polluting the word and pay more attention, the whole situation will be more and more serious.
2. To give a reinforced practice in the use of the past participle and some useful expressions, such as be fit for; turn … into… ; in place and so on.
Ability objects
1. Make the Ss the real masters in class while the teacher himself acts as the director
2. Train them with some effective learning methods to optimize the students' learning results.
3.To improve their reading comprehension ability.
4.To improve their written English.
Moral objects
1.Enable the students to love our earth and the nature.
2.Encourage the students to do something to save and protect the earth and our environment.
TEACHING AIDS:
computer; OHP(overhead projector);software: PowerPoint
TEACHING KEY POINTS
1. Input the passages as a whole
Make the Ss grasp and understand the general idea of the passages as a whole.
2. Language communication
A. Tell the main idea of the passages
B. Practise the main idea of the passages
C. tell their own stories related to the daily life
TEACHING DIFFICULTIES
1. The general idea of the passages especially the causes and results of different problems
2. Telling their stories about pollution
3. Thinking of some ways to save and protect our earth especially in our daily life
PART 2 Teaching Methods
Five Steps Method,
Communicative Method.
Aural-oral Method with the help of the computer
* A lot of pictures and short videos about the causes and results of the three problems mentioned in this lesson will be shown on the screen with the help of the computer.
PART 3 Studying Ways
1. Teach the Ss how to be successful language learners.
2. Teach the Ss how to master the general idea and structure of a passage by reading it .
3. Teach the Ss how to write similar stories according to what they’ve learnt in this lesson.
PART 4 Procedure
Step 1 Revision
Check the homework exercises
Step 2 Lead-in
1. A song about the topic we’ll learn today.
“ Earth song ” by Michael Jackson (Because it is too long ,play it before the class begins.)
2. Some pictures.(show them to the Ss on the screen)
Picture 1: an earth with a smiling face (she used to be happy)
Picture 2: an earth with a crying face (she is sad now)
And ask the Ss why she is sad now.
3. Some more pictures in pairs as comparison .
Pair 1: the sea used to be clean and the beach is beautiful but now they are seriously polluted.
Pair 2:green grass and thick forests but now only deserts left
Pair 3: the sky was blue and clear but now there are a lot of smoke in it and it is no longer blue and clear.
4. Some short videos about different kinds of problems the earth has, including the three mentioned in the lesson – earth problem , air pollution, and water pollution.
Step 3 Presentation
The teacher's brief introduction
Today we will deal with the three most serious problems the earth has --– earth problem , air pollution, and water pollution.
1. Pre-reading silently
Give the Ss a few minutes to go through the passage as quickly as possible and try to find out the causes and results of the problems.
2. while-reading
Passage1:
a. Show the Ss a picture and ask what can be found in it.
(The area of the desert of the world is very large and it is growing every year.)
b. a short video about desert
c. Question: What are the causes of the problem?
Show some pictures to help the Ss to answer the question
too many cattle eat all the grass nothing can grow
trees be cut down no trees left to hold… blow …; wash…
Passage2:
a. Show the Ss the following pictures.
b. Questions : What can you see in the pictures?
Why do these things happen?
c. a short video about chemical rain
d. Ask the Ss to explain the causes and results of chemical rain according to the video and with the help of the following pictures.
how does chemical rain form?
smoke from factories smoke from cars
e. another reason for air pollution --- serious accident
Ask the Ss to tell the stories about the two most serious accidents.
Passage3:
a. Show the Ss two pairs of pictures.
Pair 1: One is a picture of a beautiful beach and people are enjoying the sunshine on it; while the other is of the polluted sea.
Pair 2 : In one of them there are a lot of fish in the river; in the other one there is nothing in the water but rubbish flowing here and there.
b. Give the Ss a few minutes to find the reasons/
c. Show some pictures to help them.
Waste from factory waste form cities
d. Another reason for water pollution – accidents
Show them the picture
a sinking oil tanker
tell the story mentioned in the passage.
3. after-reading
1. Summarize the passage . Fill in the following form.
Fact causes results
Earth problem
Air pollution
Water pollution
2.Choose the best answers.
4. Fill in the blanks.
Step 4.Furthre discussion
1. Ask two students to tell their stories .(ask each of them to get ready for one before the class.)
2. Think of the question : Are we causing damage to the earth?
3. What should we do or what should we pay attention to in order to protect and save our earth?
4. Collect their answers and form a propose as following.
A PROPOSAL
1) Don’t use one-off chopsticks , lunch-boxes and cups.
2) Don’t use paper tissue when you sneeze,use handkerchief
instead.
3). Don’t send post-cards.Send electronic cards by e-mail.
4). Don’t throw rubbish at will.
5). Don’t make a lot of noise.
6). Don’t waste water
7). Don’t waste electricity.
8). Don’t destroy trees and grass.
Step 5 Homework
Write a letter
篇13:unit 11 语言点教案(人教版高二英语下册教案教学设计)
Reading:
1. in store(1)in store 就要到来,必将发生
Who knows what the future has in store for us? 谁知道我们将来注定如何?
(2)in store 也有储存着,备用的意思 eg:
The runner kept some energy in store for spurting at the end. 那赛跑的人为最后冲刺贮存精力。
2 probable, maybe, likely, possible, perhaps的区别?
(1)三者均表可能性,但意思有别。possible指客观上有可能性,但往往含有希望很小的意味;probable可能性最大,有“较为可能、大概”,指有实际依据;likely是从外表迹象判断有可能发生的事,比较主观。
It’s possible, though not probable, that he will come tomorrow. 他明天可能来,但也不一定准来。
She is likely to ring me tonight. 今晚她很可能给我来电话。
(2)possible 不能用人作主语。possible 常用于下列句型:
It is possible to do sth. It is possible for sb. to do sth. It is possible that …
eg: Is it possible to say so?可能这样说吗? It is possible for me to do it. 我可能做那件事。
(3)probable 也不能用人作主语。一般只用于下面句型中:
It is probable that … eg: It is probable that he will come. 他很可能要来。
(4)likely 既可用人作主语,也可用物作主语。通可用于“It is likely that …”句型中。 eg:
He is likely to come. = It is likely that he will come.
他可能要来。但不能说:It is likely for him to come.
(5)impossible, improbable, unlikely 用法与上述类似。
其中maybe perhaps是副词
3 It’s home to : home: n. “ 所在地,大本营, 根据地, 发源地”.
It is home to… ……之家;……的生息地;……发源地
丛林是老虎的生息地。The jungle is home to tigers.
It’s the home of 也可以
4 grasp: v 1)抓住;紧握
I grasped the cat by the back of its neck.我抓住了猫的后脖颈。grasp sb. by the arm
2)(与at连用)急切地接受
3)领会;明白to grasp sb.'s meaning懂某人的意思
Grasp all, lose all. 谚)样样都要,全数失掉.
n. 1)抓,紧握I kept her hand in my grasp.我紧握她的手。
2)(能力所及的)范围,限度Success is within his grasp.成功垂手可得。
3)(与of连用)控制力;控制to be in the grasp of an enemy在敌人的控制之下
4)了解;明白;掌握to have a thorough grasp of a subject对某一题目有深刻的了解。
5短语:beyond/within a person’s grasp 为某人所不能/能抓到的;为某人所不能/能理解的。
catch, grasp, seize 与snatch
catch是普通用语,用“设法抓住,捉住”的意思; grasp表示牢牢地“抓住”;seize指“突然用力抓住使不逃脱”;snatch 表示迅速的拉扯动作、出其不意地“抓取”。 eg:
The police caught the thief as he ran. 小偷逃跑时被警察抓住了。
He grasped his gun and rushed out. 他抓起枪就冲了出去。
He seized the gun from the enemy soldier. 他从敌人士兵手中夺过了枪。
The thief snatched her handbag and ran off. 小偷抢走了她的手提包就跑了。
5 master: vt. , vi (1) vt. ①become the master of; overcome 成为……的主人;征服;控制
eg: master one’s temper/feelings 控制脾气/感情
It’s difficult to master nature. 征服大自然是困难的。
②gain as a skill 精通;熟练 eg:
master English 精通英语 master foreign affairs 精通外交事务
He never mastered the art of the public speaking. 他从未掌握当众演讲的艺术。
(2)n. ①man who has others working for him 主人,雇主
②male head of a household 家里的男主人
③大师;名家
④male teacher 男教师 eg: the master of the house 一家之长 the maths master 数学教师
5)硕士a master’s degree 硕士学位 a master’s degree 硕士学位 a doctor’s degree 博士学位 a bachelor’s degree 学士学位
又如:Master of Arts 文学硕士 Doctor of Law 法学博士 Bachelor of Science 理学学士
6 arrange:v.
(1)put in order 安排;排列;布置 eg:
She is good at arranging flowers. 她擅长插花。
Before going away, he arranged his business affairs. 他离开之前,他把业务都安排好了。
(2)make plans in advance 预做计划 eg:
The Tourist Bureau arranged everything for our journey to Rome. 旅游局为我们去罗马的旅行准备了一切。
(3)arrange+ n. +for +n. 为……安排…… eg:
Mother arranged an appointment for me with the dentist. 母亲替我向牙医预约挂号。
(4)arrange sb. to do … 安排某人做…… eg:
I have arranged him to met her. 我安排他和她见面。
(5)arrange with sb. to do … 约定与某人做…… eg:
We arranged with his team to play a game of baseball. 我们约好和他们队打一场棒球。
(6)arrange that … 商定,安排。 eg:
He arranged that the meeting (should) be put off for a week. = He arranged for the meeting to be put off for a week. 他安排把会议延后一周召开。
7 set foot in/ on: 进入;踏上She said she wouldn’t set foot in the room until it had been properly cleaned. 她说直到这屋子收拾好了她才住进去。
No man has ever set foot on that deserted island. 没有人曾光顾过那个荒芜的岛。
on (one's) feet:
1)Standing up:站立着:Rise to one’s foot
The crowd was on its feet for the last ten seconds.人群都站立着渡过了最后的十秒钟
2)Fully recovered, as after an illness or convalescence:
康复:疾病或渐愈之后完全康复:
The patient is on her feet again.病人复原了
set up开办建立 /set aside搁置 /set out出门/set off出发/set down放下 /set about着手
8 base sth. in/at 把...设在 base sth. on/upon 以...为基础
base n.底部, 根据地, 基地, 本部, 基础(物体基础)
That company has offices all over the world, but their base is in Paris.
这个公司的办事处遍布全世界,但本部在巴黎。
那家银行的总部设在伦敦 That bank’s head office is based in London.
vt.:形成…的基础,提供…的基础:
based the new company in Portland.在波特兰设立公司
2)To find a basis for; establish:以…为基础:发现…的基础;建立,创立:(与on, upon连用)根据;基于
One should always base one\'s opinions on facts. 意见应以事实为根据。
这个故事是以事实为基础的. This story is based on facts.
based her conclusions on the report; a film based on a best-selling novel.
根据报告作为她的结论;一部以畅销小说为题材的影片
Advertisements based on these facts have been printed in newspapers and magazines but have not helped much.根据这些情况拟定的广告词登载在报纸和杂志上,但是效果不大。
Basis:1)基础(非物质方面);根据What is the basis of your opinion?你的观点的根据是什么?
2)主要部分The basis of this drink is orange juice.这种饮料的主要成分是橘子汁。
A tall building must have a very wide and stable base.
The basis of friendship is mutual trust and respect.
9 effect: n. 1)have a good/positive/negative/immediate effect on sb./sth.
2) in effect (A)实质上;本质上:He is, in effect, my rival.实际上他是我的竞争对手。
(B)正在实行The old system is still in effect.旧制度仍有效。
3)bring sth into effect : bring a new law into effect
4)come into effect : The new law will come into effect.
5)take effect: The medicine quickly took effect. 药很快见效了
6)side effect: Does this drug have any side effects?
Affect: v.
10. rely on/upon sb./ sth.: =depend on 指望或依靠某人/某事物
现今人们越来越依靠计算机协助工作.Nowadays we rely increasingly on computers for help.
rely on one’s doing/rely sb. to do sth. rely on it that…
我指望她来还钱I rely on her paying back the money.(=I rely on her to pay back the money.)
你可以相信他会来看你的You may rely on it that he will come to meet you.
11 As Yufang puts(=say) it: “We are not making that(=so) much money yet, but we are excited about all the new technology and great ideas that are coming to life in Zhongguancun.”
as sb. puts it…正如某人所说...put vt. 表达,表述
我想知道这个用法语怎么说. I want to know how to put this in French.
come to life: 苏醒;恢复生气 eg:
We all thought he was drowned, but after an hour’s artificial respiration he came back to life. 我们都以为他淹死了,但经过一小时的人工呼吸后,他又苏醒了。
When I told the students the good news, they all came to life. 当我告诉学生们这个好消息时,他们都活跃起来了。
Integrating skills
1. Since the early 1990s, China has been enjoying a boom in scientific and technological development.
a) boom: (人口,贸易等的)突然增加,繁荣昌盛时期,
石油市场欣欣向荣 The oil market is enjoying a boom.
中国的出口发展迅速.The year is a boom year for China’s exports.
b) boom: V. “处于经济快速发展时期”商业正在迅速发展. Business is booming.
2. In 1995, the Chinese government put forward a plan for “rejuvenating the nation by replying on science and education.
1) rejuvenate: v. “使年轻;使复原; 是恢复精神;使恢复活力”
新的希望又使他充满活力. He is rejuvenated by new hope.
我度假之后感到有了精神. I feel rejuvenated after a holiday.
rejuvenate 一般用于被动语态.
3. put forward 提出主意,计划她提出一个新计划 She put forward a new plan.
4. The CSA, the Chinese Space Agency, has developed the highly successful Long March rocket series.
1) series 一系列的事物
他们决定出版一套新的英语学习读物.
They decided to publish a new series of reading materials for students of English.
2)电视系列节目, 电视连续剧
3) 一套邮票
5. ., Chinese scientists announced that they had completed mapping out their part of the international human genome project, proving that Chinese scientists are among the world’s best.
announce vt.宣布, 通告announcement n.宣告, 发表, 一项公告, 一项私人告示
It has been announce d that Mr. A and Miss B will be married next week.
已正式宣布A先生与B小姐将于下星期结婚。
declare1)正式地公告;布告;宣告;声明
to declare war 宣战
to declare the result of election 公布选举结果
2)申报(例如,可纳税品)Have you anything to declare?你有要申报纳税的物品吗?
proving that Chinese scientists are among the world’s best.: 现在分词作状语, 表示伴随或结果
杰克离开了房间, 把他妻子孤零零留在那里 Jack left the room, leaving his wife there alone.
他没有和她争辩,知道争辩也没用. He didn’t argue wither, knowing it would be useless.
总的来说,现在分词作状语,主要用在书面语中,在口语重视用其他结构更多些.
6.China has long been a leader in the field of genetic research aimed at improving agriculture.
Aim: to intend:
1)aim to do: I aim to be a millionaire by the time I'm 35.
2)We are aiming for (= planning to achieve) a 50% share of the German market.
3)aim at ①瞄准,对准你瞄的不准.
②(向某方面)努力;力争她争取获得奖学金She’s aiming at a scholar ship.
③针对某人我的话并非针对你 My remarks were not aimed at you.
7 deadly: adj.1)致命的
Fog is the sailor's deadly enemy.雾是航海者最致命的敌人。
2)势不两立的, 殊死的
3)极度的,非常的deadly haste至急
4)死一般的a dead paleness如死人般的苍白
Adv.极度地;非常地deadly dull极为枯燥无味
Unit 11知识清单
1. in store _____________;__________
Who knows what the future has in store for us?
The runner kept some energy in store for spurting at the end.
2 probable, maybe, likely, possible, perhaps的区别?
(1)三者均表可能性,但意思有别。possible指客观上有可能性,但往往含有希望很小的意味;另外,不能用人作主语。probable可能性最大,有“较为可能、大概”,指有实际依据;likely是从外表迹象判断有可能发生的事,比较主观。 possible 常见句型:It is possible to do sth. It is possible for sb. to do sth. It is possible that …
eg: Is it possible to say so?可能这样说吗? It is possible for me to do it. 我可能做那件事。
It’s ________, though not ________, that he will come tomorrow. 他明天可能来,但也不一定准来。
She is _________ to ring me tonight. 今晚她很可能给我来电话。
2)probable 也不能用人作主语。一般只用于下面句型中:
It is probable that … eg: It is probable that he will come. 他很可能要来。
3)likely 既可用人作主语,也可用物作主语。通可用于“It is likely that …”句型中。 eg:
He is likely to come. = It is likely that he will come.
他可能要来。但不能说:It is likely for him to come.
(5)impossible, improbable, unlikely 用法与上述类似。
其中maybe perhaps是副词
3 It’s home to : home: n. “ _________ _________ ”.
The jungle is home to tigers.(也可以说:It’s the home of)
4 grasp: v 1)___________ grasp sb. by the arm
I grasped the cat by the back of its neck.
2)(与at连用)急切地接受
3)___________ to grasp sb.'s meaning
Grasp all, lose all. 谚)样样都要,全数失掉.
n. 1)抓,紧握I kept her hand in my grasp.
2)(能力所及的)范围,限度Success is within his grasp.
3)(与of连用)控制力;控制to be in the grasp of an enemy
4)了解;明白;掌握to have a thorough grasp of a subject
5短语:beyond/within a person’s grasp
catch, grasp, seize 与snatch
catch是普通用语,用“设法抓住,捉住”的意思; grasp表示牢牢地“抓住”;seize指“突然用力抓住使不逃脱”;snatch 表示迅速的拉扯动作、出其不意地“抓取”。 eg:
The police __________ the thief as he ran. 小偷逃跑时被警察抓住了。
He _________ his gun and rushed out. 他抓起枪就冲了出去。
He __________ the gun from the enemy soldier. 他从敌人士兵手中夺过了枪。
The thief ________ her handbag and ran off. 小偷抢走了她的手提包就跑了。
5 master: vt. , vi master one’s temper/feelings 控制脾气/感情
It’s difficult to master nature. master English ; master foreign affairs ; He never mastered the art of the public speaking.;
n. ① male head of a household 家里的______ ②大师;名家 ③the maths master _______
④ a master’s degree ________ 引申:a doctor’s degree 博士学位 a bachelor’s degree 学士学位
又如:Master of Arts 文学硕士 Doctor of Law 法学博士 Bachelor of Science 理学学士
6 arrange:v. She is good at arranging flowers.
Before going away, he arranged his business affairs.
The Tourist Bureau arranged everything for our journey to Rome.
We arranged with his team to play a game of baseball.
He arranged that the meeting (should) be put off for a week. = He arranged for the meeting to be put off for a week.
7 set foot in/ on: _________
She said she wouldn’t set foot in the room until it had been properly cleaned.
No man has ever set foot on that deserted island.
on (one's) feet:_____:(Rise to one’s foot)
The crowd was on its feet for the last ten seconds.
2)Fully recovered, as after an illness or convalescence:
康复:疾病或渐愈之后完全康复:The patient is on her feet again.病人复原了
set up_______ /set aside_______ /set out_______/set off_______/set down_______ /set about_______
8 base sth. in/at 把...设在 base sth. on/upon 以...为基础
base n.底部, 根据地, 基地, 本部, 基础(物体基础)
That company has offices all over the world, but their base is in Paris.
That bank’s head office is based in London.
vt.:形成…的基础,以…为基础based the new company in Portland.
One should always base one\'s opinions on facts.
Basis:1)基础(非物质方面);根据What is the basis of your opinion?
2)主要部分The basis of this drink is orange juice.
A tall building must have a very wide and stable base.
The basis of friendship is mutual trust and respect.
9 effect: n. 1)have a good/positive/negative/immediate effect on sb./sth.
2) in effect______; ___________
He is, in effect, my rival. The old system is still in effect.
3)bring sth into effect : bring a new law into effect
4)come into effect : The new law will come into effect.
5)take effect: The medicine quickly took effect. 药很快见效了
6)side effect: Does this drug have any side effects?
Affect: vt. _______
10. rely on/upon sb./ sth.: =depend on __________
Nowadays we rely increasingly on computers for help.
I rely on _______________ the money.我指望她来还钱。
You may rely on it that he will come to meet you.
12 As Yufang puts(=say) it: “We are not making that(=so) much money yet, but we are excited about all the new technology and great ideas that are coming to life in Zhongguancun.”
as sb. puts it…正如某人所说...put vt. 表达,表述
I want to know how to put this in French.
come to life: ___________
We all thought he was drowned, but after an hour’s artificial respiration he came back to life.
When I told the students the good news, they all came to life.
Integrating skills
1. Since the early 1990s, China has been enjoying a boom in scientific and technological development.
a) boom: _______________
The oil market is enjoying a boom. The year 2003 is a boom year for China’s exports.
b) boom: V. ___________ Business is booming.
2. In 1995, the Chinese government put forward a plan for “rejuvenating the nation by replying on science and education.
1) rejuvenate: v. “______________; ______________
He is rejuvenated by new hope. I feel rejuvenated after a holiday.
rejuvenate 一般用于被动语态.
3. put forward _____________ She put forward a new plan.
4. The CSA, the Chinese Space Agency, has developed the highly successful Long March rocket series. 1) series __________ They decided to publish a new series of reading materials for students of English.
2)电视系列节目, 电视连续剧
3) 一套邮票
5. 2001, Chinese scientists announced that they had completed mapping out their part of the international human genome project, proving that Chinese scientists are among the world’s best.
announce vt.宣布, 通告announcement n.宣告, 发表, 一项公告, 一项私人告示
declare1)正式地公告;布告;宣告;声明; 申报(例如,可纳税品)
It has been ___________ that Mr. A and Miss B will be married next week.
已正式宣布A先生与B小姐将于下星期结婚。
to __________ war 宣战 to _________ the result of election 公布选举结果
Have you anything to _________?你有要申报纳税的物品吗?
6.China has long been a leader in the field of genetic research aimed at improving agriculture.
Aim: aim to do: I aim to be a millionaire by the time I'm 35.
We are aiming for (= planning to achieve) a 50% share of the German market.
3)aim at ①瞄准,对准你瞄的不准.
②(向某方面)努力;力争她争取获得奖学金She’s aiming at a scholar ship.
③针对某人我的话并非针对你 My remarks were not aimed at you.
7 deadly: adj.1)___________ Fog is the sailor's deadly enemy.
2)势不两立的, 殊死的
3)极度的,非常的 deadly haste至急
4)死一般的 a deadly paleness如死人般的苍白
Adv.极度地;非常地deadly dull极为枯燥无味
UNIT 11 过关练习
1 . He is the only driver ______ for the journey.
A. possible B. probable C. possibly D. likely
2 Having decided to rent a flat, we _____to contact all the accommodation agencies in the city.
A. set about B. set down C. set out D. set up
3 I was advised to arrange for insurance _____ I needed medical treatment.
A. although B. incase C. so that D. if only
4 The professor could hardly find enough grounds ______ his arguments in favor of the new theory.
A.to be based on B.to base on C.which to base on D.on which to base
5.The new appointment of our headmaster ______ from the very beginning of the next semester.
A. takes effect B. takes place C. takes turns D. takes part
6. If you ___________ a mistake in reviewing the report, please bring it to my attention.
A. come along B. come across C. come around D. come about
7. --- Not getting that job was a big bet down. ---Don’t worry. Something better will .
A. come along B. take on C. go by C. fall behind
8. Our English teacher _____ by the teachers and students.
A. is good thought of B. is thought high of C. is sung highly praise for D. is spoken highly of
9.When the famous scientist was making a speech, many eyes were________ on him.
A. set B. centered C. fixed D. aimed
10 Whether this work of art is valuable remains ____________.
A. to prove B. proving C. to be proved D. proved
11 We had thought the examination would be difficult, but it easy.
A.turned B.came C.appeared D.proved
12. We’ll never forget the ____Premier Chou Enlai. A. late B. dead C. past D. deadly
13.The adverbial phrase “every day” has ____ space between _____ two words.
A. the; the B. a; the C. 不填; the D. 不填; 不填
14 Yang Liwei is _____ first Chinese who has _____ experience of traveling in space.
A. 不填; 不填 B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. the; an
15.- The young man is good at a lot of things but you can’t say he is ________ .
- I agree with you. Actually no one is.
A. wonderful B. splendid C. perfect D. complete
16.1) I wrote him a letter and suggested ____ the meeting ____.
A. to put ; away B. to put ; off C. putting ; off D. putting ; away
17 Once you are contracted with the disease, you will never hope to ______ the virus and sufferings from it all your life.
A. be free from B. avoid C. defeat D. cure
18 I don’t doubt _______ the medicine is _______ effect for cancer.
A. that, a cure of B. if, cure of C. how, a cure for D. that, cure for
19 Such ________ the case, I couldn't help but________ him.
A. being; support B. is; to support C. has been; supporting D. be; supported
20---If you like the new house, I suggest you buying it.
---But it”s really too expensive. I can”t______ it. A. get B. afford C. supply D. support
1-5 ACBDA 6-10 BADCC 11-15 DABDC 16-20 CAAAB 21-22
21. Some hospitals allow patients to keep their own blood______ several weeks in advance of surgery. A. in general B. in store C. at stake D. at ease
22. What he's saying is that they play away quite happily, not realizing what's _____for them in the rest of their lives. A. in general B. in store C. at stake D. at ease
23. I’d rather have a room of my own, however small it is, than ________ a room with someone else.
A. share B. to share C. sharing D. to have shared
24. ---Do you understand what I said? ---I didn’t ____ the last two words.
A. grasp B. catch C. seize D. follow
25. Every day the boy, together with his classmates, ______ to go to the sports ground and ______ football, ______ themselves.
A. are noticed, play, enjoying B. is noticed, plays, enjoying
C. are noticed, plays, enjoys D. is noticed, play, enjoying
26. _____ back to life, the sailor found all his things _____at sea.
A.Having come; missing B.Coming; lost
C.Having come; going D.Coming; missed
27. He will _____ our class to sing at the school singing contest.
A. take place of B. stand for C. represent D. representative of
28. My English teacher usually _____ the students into pairs to practice using new vocabulary.
A.breaks out B.breaks through C.breaks up D.breaks down
29. The Chinese Space Agency has developed the __ successful Long March rocked series.
A. highly B. heavily C. even D. much
30. _____ has been announced, we shall have our final exams next month.
A. That B. As C. It D. Which
31. I’d rather have a room of my own, however small it is, than ________ a room with someone else.
A. share B. to share C. sharing D. to have shared
32. Red is usually ____ danger so traffic lights include red ones.
A. marked with B. lined with C. related with D. associated with
21-25 BBABD 26-30 BCCAB 31-32 AD
篇14:高二英语期中复习Unit 1(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
I. Words
1. _________ (显然) , what you have said is not true.
2. He is such an _________ (有才智的) student that we all like him.
3. I have been waiting for my boss _________ (耐心) for 2 hours.
4. She is _______ (好奇) about space.
5. The curtain doesn't ________ (相称) the wall.
6. You ________ (误会) him, for he did nothing wrong.
7. The accident ________ (使丧失能力) him to speak.
8. What are you ________ (争论) about with him?
9.He promised that the roof should be prepared w________ two days.
10 We u__________ the task of cleaning the house.
Ⅱ. Phrases
1. 对……充满热情________________ 2. 与……相似的________________
3. 壮心无涯________________ 4. 有发展前途的研究生________________
5. 不治之症________________ 6. 继续工作________________
7. 过去,走过 ________________ 8.和……订婚________________
9. 梦想________________ 10. 另一方面________________
11. 放弃________________ 12. 做讲座,做报告________________
13. 用尽,用完________________ 14. 与众不同,有影响________________
15.对。。。满意________________ 16. 从一季到另一季 ________________
17.信任,信仰________________ 18.在20世纪70年代早期__________________
19. 相反地,从相反方向________________ 20.达到目标________________
21.have … in common ________________ 22. seek answers to the questions______________
Ⅲ. Sentences
1.______________ (毫无疑问)that he is right.
2.___________ (没有) giving up, Hawking _____________(继续从事) his research, got his PHD, and married Jane.
3.We were pleased and surprised to find that a scientist could write about his work ________________ordinary could understand. 我们感到惊喜的是,科学家竟能够以普通人理解的方式来阐述自己的工作。
4.Even the best theory can ___________(证明是)wrong.
5.If _________________(知识就是力量), _____(正如) Sir Francis Bacon wrote in 1597, then perhaps creativity can ___________(被描述为)the ability to use that power.
6.Nor _______ the disease ________________ the kind of life he had dreamt of.
他没有让疾病防碍他过梦寐以求的生活。
7.________only later _____ the world recognized his greatness.直到后来世人才承认他的伟大。(强调句)
8.He ______________to make people believe that his theories were correct.他发现难以让人们相信他的理论是正确的。
9.________________ to be a great scientist to make a difference.要有所作为,不一定非要成为大科学家。
Ⅳ. Multiple choice.
1.Only by imagining and creating ____ a difference.
A. can make B. you can make C. make D. can you make
2.Since then, the philosopher has ______ in seeking solutions to social problems.
A. engaged B. engaging C. been engaged D. been engaging
3.----Can I help you?
----I want to buy a blue tie to ______ my shirt.
A. fit B. compare C. match D. suit
4. -----_______ we move the picture over there? Do you think it’ll look better?
----I can’t agree more.
A. What you think B. What if C. Even if D. Only if
5.He had tried everything but it made little ______.
A. use B. difference C. point D. sense
6.It _____ unusual courage and determination to make the break with his family.
A. took B. needed C. spent D. shared
7.There is no ___in protesting. It won’t help.
A. cause B. need C. point D. law
8.Only in this way ______ progress in your English.
A. you make B. you can make
C. you will be able to make D. will you be able to make
9.Having done his Chinese exercises, he went on _____a letter _____Russian.
A. to write, with B. with, with C. writing, in D. to write , in
10.-----What should we do? There’s no bus any more.
-----Missing the bus means _____home. Let’s go.
A. to walk B. walking C. walked D. walk
11.----Have you decided where to go today, Alice?
----I feel like ____to the Natural Museum. Would you like ____with me?
A.to go, to go B. to go, going C. going, going D. going, to go
12.The professor spoke very clearly to make his speech easy _____.
A. to understand B. understand C. understood D. understanding
13.I’ve worked with children before, so I know what _____ in my new job.
A. to be expected B. to expect C. to be expecting D. expects
14.Paul doesn’t have to be made _________.He always works hard.
A. learn B. to learn C. learned D. learning
15.The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him_________
A. not to B. not to do C. not do it D. do not it
16.-Mum, why do you always make me eat an egg every day?
----________enough protein and nutrition as you are growing up.
A. Get B. Getting C. To get D. To be getting
17.----Are you used to ____up early now ?
----Yes, I am. But I used to _____ up late.
A. getting, getting B. get, get C. get, getting D. getting, get
18.The teacher came into the classroom, _____of the students in it.
A. only to find none B. finding no one C. to find no one D. finding some
参考答案:
I.
1.Obviously2. intelligent3. patiently4. curious5. match6. misunderstood7. disabled8. debating
9.within 10.undertook
II.
1. be on fire 2. be similar to 3. no boundaries 4. a promising graduate student
5. an incurable disease 6. work on 7. go by 8. get engaged to 9. dream of
10. on the other hand 11.give up 12.give lectures 13. use up 14. make a difference
15. be satisfied with16. from season to season 17. believe in 18.in the late 1970s
19. the other way around20. reach one’s goal 21与…有共同点 22.寻求问题的答案
III.
1.There is no doubt
2. Instead of, went on with
3. in a way that
4. turn out to be
5. knowledge is power, as
6. did he let,stop him from living
7. It was, that
8. found it difficult
9. It is not necessary
IV.
1-5DCCBB6-10ACDDB11-18BABBACDA
篇15:高二下学期英语期末复习教案(语言点)(人教版高二英语下册教案教学设计)
东北育才学校:赵志强
Unit 11 Scientific Achievements
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. likely adj. 很可能的,预期的
John is likely to be in London this autumn.
今年秋天约翰可能在伦敦。
It is likely that the main lecturer will be late. 主讲人很可能迟到。
2. overseas adv.1. 在(或向)海外;在(或向)国外
Studying overseas is very popular now. 在国外学习很流行。
adj. (在)海外的;(在)国外的
an overseas market 国外市场
3. rely on 依靠,依赖
You can't rely on the weather. 这天气可靠不住。
You may rely on me to help you. 你可以信赖我会帮助你的。
4. locate vt .把...设置在,使...坐落于,找出…的位置
The company located its branch office in the suburbs.该公司把它的分公司设在郊区。
The museum is located on Main Street. 博物馆位于梅茵街。
The police are trying to locate the missing man. 警方正设法查明那个失踪者的下落。
5. announce vt.宣布,发布
The vote was completed. The chairman announced the result.
投票完毕。主席宣布了结果。
6. have …in common 共同的;共有的
Those two have something in common.两者有共同之处。
Unit 12 Fact and Fantasy
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. voyage n. 航海,航行, 太空旅行
The voyage from America to France used to take two months. 从美国到法国的航行过去要花二个月时间。
2. throw light upon 阐明某事,使某事显得非常清楚
Their discovery throw new light upon an old scientific controversy. 他们的发现阐明了一个古老的科学争论。
3. hesitate vi. 踌躇;犹豫
Don't hesitate about that. Do it at once.
对于那件事不要再犹豫了。马上去做吧。
4. horror n. 恐怖,震惊,毛骨悚然
She sat motionlessly with horror.
她惊恐地呆坐着。
Adj. 引起恐怖的
Children should not see the horror movie. 儿童不该看恐怖电影。
5. remind vt. 提醒;使想起(常用搭配:remind sb of sth, remind sb to do sth, remind sb that)
I reminded Gerald of his promise. 我提醒吉罗德他曾许下的诺言。
6. consider vt. 考虑,细想(常用搭配:consider doing sth)
We're considering moving to Seattle. 我们考虑搬往西雅图。
认为;把...视为 (常用搭配:consider sb/sth to be /as….)
Jean considered herself (to be) very lucky.
琼认为自己非常幸运。
7. set up, set out, set off
Set up 建立 set out 出发,开始 set off 出发去
A new government was set up after the war.新政府于战后成立。
They set out at dawn. 他们黎明时分出发。
They set off for Denver. 他们出发去丹佛。
Unit 13 The Water Planet
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. benefit n.利益,好处;优势
The new hospital will be a great benefit to the town.
新建成的医院将给全城带来莫大好处。
vt. 对...有益,有益于
The sea air will benefit you. 海边的空气对你有益。
vi. 得益,受惠(常用搭配:benefit from…)
We benefited greatly by this frank talk. 这次坦率的谈话使我们获益匪浅。
2. available adj. 可用的,在手边的;可利用的
The swimming pool is available only in summer.
这个游泳池只在夏天开放。
3. range vi.平行; 列成一行,绵亘, 延伸
The shabby houses used to range along the road. 过去这路边破败的房子排成行。
The road ranges westward from the lake. 这条路由湖边向西延伸。
(在一定范围内) 变动, 变化
The temperature ranges between 30 and 40 degrees centigrade. 温度在摄氏三十度与四十度之间。
4. take advantage of利用, 欺骗;占...的便宜
He took advantage of the good weather to go for a walk.
他趁着天气好,出去散散步。
He has always been taking advantage of me. 他老是占我的便宜。
5. survive . vt. 在...之后仍然生存,从...中逃生
Only two passengers survived the air-crash. 这次飞机失事只有两名乘客幸免于死。
vi. 活下来,幸存;残留
Few survived after the flood. 洪水后极少有人生还。
6. incredible 不能相信的,不可信的,难以置信的
The plot of the book is incredible. 这本书的情节叫人难以相信。
7. dissolve vt./vi. 分解 . (使)溶解;(使)融化
Water dissolves salt. 水溶解盐。
Sugar dissolves in water. 糖溶于水。
8. medium手段,工具
English is not the usual medium of instruction in our school.英语不是我校通常使用的教学语言。
新闻媒介,传播媒介
A good deal of adult education is accomplished by the mass media.成人教育的相当一部分是由大众传播媒介完成的。
Unit 14 Freedom Fighters
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. join vt. 参加;作...的成员
I'll persuade him to join our club.我将劝他加入我们的俱乐部。
连结;使结合
He joined the two pieces of wood together with glue.他用胶水将这两块木料粘在一起。
2. forbid vt. 禁止,不许 (常用搭配:forbid doing, forbid sb to do )
The new law forbids smoking in offices.新法律禁止在办公室抽烟。
Their father forbade them to go.他们的父亲禁止他们去。
3. set an example to 树立榜样
She arrived at the office early to set an example to
the others. 她很早就来到办公室,作为他人的表率。
4. boycott vt. 联合抵制;拒绝参加(或购买等);
They boycotted the meeting. 他们拒绝参加那个会议。
n.联合抵制;拒绝参加
We put the production under a boycott. 我们联合抵制该商品。
5. inspire vt.鼓舞,激励,驱使,赋予...灵感,给...以启示
His speech inspired us to try again. 他的演讲鼓舞了我们再作尝试。
The beautiful scenery inspired the composer. 美丽的景色使作曲家灵思泉涌。
6. believe in 与believe 的区别
Believe in : 信任; believe : 相信
I don't believe a single word he
says. 他的话我一句也不信。
We believe in him. 我们信任他。
7. judge vt. 裁判;评定;裁决
You can't judge a book by its cover. 你不能根据封面来评价一本书。
Judging by/from what he said, he seems to have interviewed the chairman. 根据他所说的判断,他似乎已经会见过主席了。
8. act vt.扮演
He acted Othello at the Royal Theater that evening. 那天晚上他在皇家剧院扮演奥赛罗。
vi. 行动, 举止,表现
We should act immediately. 我们应该立即行动。
I don't think she acted right. 我认为她做得欠妥。
语法快递 复习被动语态
被动语态表示主语是谓语动作的承受者,如:A new swimming pool will be built on our school.
被动语态的形式是由“助动词be+动词的过去分词”构成。助动词be随着主语的人称,数,时态和语气的不同而变化。各种时态的被动语态形式如下:
1. 一般现在时 am/is/are+V(p.p)
人们利用电能运转机器。Electricity is used to run machines.
2. 一般过去时 was/were + V(p.p)
昨天我们在山坡上种了许多树。Many trees were planted on the hill yesterday.
3. 一般将来时 will/shall +be+V(p.p)
下星期我们将举行一场运动会。A sports meeting will be held next week.
4. .过去将来时 should/would +be+V(p.p)
他告诉我们人们将在他家乡建一个大水坝。We were told that a big reservoir would be built in his hometown.
Unit 15 Destinations
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. phenomenon 现象 (复数形式是:phenomena)
The employment problem tends to be a city phenomenon.
就业问题常常是一个城市现象。
2. get tired of 对。。。感到厌倦;对。。。失去兴趣
I’ve got tired of listening to your criticisms. 我厌烦了每天听你的批评。
3. guarantee n. 保证;商品保证;保证书
The TV set has a year's guarantee. 这架电视机有一年的保修期。
vt. . 保证;担保
Perfect satisfaction is guaranteed to our customers. 保证我们的顾客完全满意。
4. budget n 预算;预算费;生活费,经费
It is essential to balance one's budget. 量入为出是很重要的。
vt. 把...编入预算;按照预算来计划
The school budgeted one million dollars for a new library. 学校编列了一百万美元建新图书馆的预算。
5. sight n.视觉,视力,视界,视域,看见,目睹,景色 名胜
I'll have my sight tested tomorrow. 我明天去检查视力。
Victory is in sight. 胜利在望。
The girl dreaded the sight of snakes.那女孩害怕看到蛇。
You cannot understand a person at first sight. 你不能第一次见面就了解一个人。
6. scene、scenery、sight和view 的异同
scene、scenery、sight和view 都有景象的含义。
scene指展现在眼前的情景,也可以指scenery的一部分,大多包括景物中的人及活动在内。如:The scene after the earthquake was horrible.地震后的场景十分可怕。scenery指某地总的自然风景或景色,尤指美丽的乡间景色。如:The scenery as one travels by boat along the Changjiang Three Gorges is marvelous.坐船游览长江三峡的时候,两岸的风景美不胜收。sight则既可以指场景、眼前看到的景观,又可以指名胜、风景,只是在表示后者的含义时,必须要用复数。如:a sad sight悲惨的场景see the historical sights of London游览伦敦的名胜古迹。它与view或者scenery最大的不同就在于当sight指景物时,多指某的特有的名胜。view常指从远处或高处看到的scenery的一部分,有时可与scene互换。如:The mountain hotel offered magnificent views.从山间旅行社可以看到壮丽的景观。
6. a variety of种种 (也可以写成:varieties of)
He has a variety of interests. 他有多种爱好。
7. prefer vt.宁可,宁愿(选择);更喜欢(常用搭配:prefer to do sth, prefer doing sth, prefer to do sth rather than do sth, prefer doing sth to doing sth)
I prefer the quiet countryside to the noisy cities. 我喜欢安静的乡村胜过喧闹的城市。
I prefer to travel to different places rather than stay at home peacefully. 我喜欢到不同的地方旅行,而不是平静地呆在家里。
Unit 16 The United States of America
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. aim vt. 把...瞄准;把...对准掷向[(+at)]
He aimed the gun at the door. 他把枪对准那扇门。
vi. 瞄准,对准,致力于, (常用搭配:aim at aim to do sth)
The hunter aimed at the lion and fired. 猎人瞄准了狮子开火。
We aim at doubling our production. 我们的目标是将生产增加一倍。
n.目标,目的
It is now our aim to set up a factory. 我们现在的目的是创办一座工厂。
2. vain a. 爱虚荣的,自负的,炫耀的
She is vain and extravagant. 她既爱虚荣又奢侈。
徒然的,无益的
They made vain attempts to reach the mountaintop.
他们几次徒然尝试想攀登山顶。
in vain 无结果,徒然
All our work was in vain. 我们的工作全都白干了。
3. insist vt. 坚持;坚决认为
She insisted that he was wrong. 她坚持认为他错了。
vt. 坚决主张;坚决要求
Jane insisted that he be present. 珍坚持要他出席。
vi.. 坚持,坚决认为;强调
He insisted on/upon my going with him. 他坚持要我跟他一起去。
I insist on seeing it. 我一定要见到它。
4. clothing n. (总称)衣服,衣着
Our clothing protects us from the cold. 衣服帮我们御寒。
Clothing, clothes, cloth,dress的区别:
cloth是物质名词,意为“布”,没有复数形式,而clothing是指衣物的总称,也没有复数形式。clothes是指衣服,但没有单数形式,如:
This clothing is needed in warm countries.在温暖的国家需要这种服装。
Her clothes are made of fine cloth. 他的衣服是由高质量的布制成。
英文中的dress则指较正规的服装,如:a school dress 校服,an evening dress晚礼服。
5 in turn 转而,反过来,轮流
The girls called out their names in turn. 女孩们逐个报出自己的名字。
Listening to English as much as possible can improve one’s hearing, which in turn can improve his speaking. 尽可能多听英语可以提高听力能力,转而提高口语能力。
6 have an effect on 对。。。有影响
As is known to all, pollution has a bad effect on the city. 众所周知,污染对城市有坏影响。
Unit 17 Disabilities
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. ability n. 能力;才能(常用搭配:ability to do sth)
She did the work to the best of her ability. 她已尽了力去做那件工作了。
2. gifted a.有天资的,有天赋的
He is a gifted athlete.他是个有天赋的运动员。
3. adjust to vt. 调节;改变...以适应 ,校准;调整
She must learn to adjust herself to English life. 她必须学会适应英国的生活。
vi. 适应(常用搭配:adjust to sth)
Astronauts in flight must adjust to weightlessness. 宇航员在飞行中得适应失重状态。
4. get used to习惯于
She is used to hard work.
她习惯于艰苦工作。
注意:在be/get used to 句型中,to 是介词,所以后面一定要用名词或动词的-ing 形式。
5. sense 意识,观念,感官,官能
She has no sense of time. 她没有时间观念。
Your brother has a good sense of humor. 你兄弟很有幽默感。
6. participate vi.参加,参与(常用搭配:participate in)
No professionals participated in the contest. 没有职业选手参加这一比赛。
7. potential adj. 潜在的,可能的
The dispute has scared away potential investors. 这一争端吓走了潜在的投资者。
n.可能性;潜力,潜能
She has acting potential, but she needs training. 她有表演潜力,但需要训练。
复习直接宾语和间接宾语
有些及物动词可以有两个宾语,如:give给,pass递,bring带,show显示。这两个宾语通常一个指人,为间接宾语;一个指物,为直接宾语。间接宾语一般位于直接宾语之前。
一般的顺序为:动词 + 间接宾语 + 直接宾语。如:Give me a cup of tea, please.
强调间接宾语顺序为:动词 + 直接宾语 + to + 间接宾语。如:Show this house to Mr. Smith.
若直接宾语为人称代词:动词+ 代词直接宾语 + to + 间接宾语。如:Bring it to me, please.
在间接宾语的前面,不同的动词用不同的介词,有的用to , 有的用for.常用to 的动词是:bring, give, hand, lend, mail pass, read, tell, send, show, sell, throw, write, teach 等。而常用for 的动词有:buy, cook, do, find, get, make等。
如:Hand the salt to me, please. 请把盐递给我。
She teaches English to advanced students. 她教高水平学生的英语。
She promised to lend some books to me. 她承诺要借我一些书。
Remember to write letters to me. 记得给我写信。
Unit 18 Inventions
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. allow vt. 允许,准许(常用搭配:allow doing sth, allow sb to do sth)
Swimming is not allowed at this beach. 这片海滩禁止游泳。
She allowed us to smoke. 她允许我们抽烟。
Allow for 顾及,为。。。做准备
We'd better start earlier. We should allow for traffic delays.
我们还是早些动身为好。我们要考虑到路上交通会有耽搁。
2. reject vt. 拒绝,抵制
The plan was rejected. 该计划遭拒绝。
3. stick n.棍,棒,杖;手杖
Grandpa still walks without a stick. 爷爷走路仍不拄拐杖。
vt. 粘贴;张贴 伸,伸出
They stuck the notice on the wall. 他们把通知贴在墙上。
Don't stick your head out of the train window. 不要把头伸出火车窗外面。
被...难住; 被困住
Have you got stuck over your algebra? 你的代数题做不下去了吧?
4. aware adj.知道的,察觉的 (常用搭配:be aware of, be aware+ that )
I am well aware that this is a tough job.
我深知这是一件棘手的工作。
She was not aware of having done wrong.
她没有意识到做错了事。
5. application n. 应用,适用;运用
Biology has practical applications. 生物学有实用性。
申请,请求;申请书
I made an application for a loan. 我申请一笔贷款。
6. strategy n. 战略;战略学
He is an expert in military strategy. 他是军事战略专家。
策略,计谋;对策
The government adopted a strategy of massive deflation. 政府采取了大规模紧缩通货的策略。
Unit 19 The Merchant of Venice
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. give up 放弃,戒绝
The girl gave up halfway.这女孩中途放弃。
I wish I could give up drinking.我真希望自己能戒酒。
2. may/might as well (强调的劝告)不妨;最好
You may as well stay here for a few days. 你最好在这里停留几天。
3. offer vt. 主动给予,提供;
He offered me a glass of wine. 他端给我一杯酒。
They offered to help me. 他们表示愿意帮助我。
He offered to lend me some books.
他表示要借给我几本书。
3. 出(价);开(价)
We offered him the calculator for US$50.
这计算器我们向他开价五十美元。
n. 提供,提议
Thank you for your kind offer of help. 感谢你想给予帮助的好意。
4. hope for 希望,盼望
Leaders hope for peace and stability in Iraq. 领导者希望伊拉克和平稳定。
5. envy n. 妒忌;羡慕vt. 妒忌;羡慕
She said it out of envy. 她出于嫉妒说了这话。
妒忌的对象;羡慕的目标
His talent is the envy of his colleagues. 他的同事都羡慕他的才能。
I envy you your good luck. 我羡慕你的好运。
6. versus prep. (法律和运动用语,常略作v.或vs.)对;对抗
The big match tonight is England versus Spain.
今晚的大赛是英格兰对西班牙。
Robinson versus Brown
鲁宾逊对布朗的诉讼
prep. 与...相对
the problem of mercy versus revenge
饶恕与复仇相抗衡的问题
Unit 20 Archaeology
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. date back to , date from 从。。开始,起源于,上溯到
The Sanxingdui site is said to date back to 5000 years ago.
三星堆遗址据说开始于5000年前。
2. in terms of 就...而论;在...方面
In terms of money, he's quite rich, but not in terms of happiness.
就钱来说他很富有,但就幸福来说就不然了。
3. root n. (植物的)根; 根;根基;本质
These plants have very deep roots. 这些植物的根长得很深。
This is the root cause of poverty. 这是贫穷的根本原因。
vi.生根 根源在于,来源于
Some plants root easily. 有些植物容易生根成长。
The crime rooted in his greed for money. 这一犯罪行为起因于他对金钱的贪得无厌。
4. survive vt.. 在...之后仍然生存,从...中逃生
Only two passengers survived the air-crash. 这次飞机失事只有两名乘客幸免于死。
vi. 活下来,幸存;残留
Few survived after the flood. 洪水后极少有人生还。
5. serve as vt. 为...服务;为...服役,侍候(顾客等);供应(饭菜),充当
Children must be educated to serve their country when they grow up.
必须教育孩子长大后为国家服务。
She served me a cup of coffee. 她给我端上一杯咖啡。
The room served as an operation room temporarily. 那间屋子临时充当手术室。
6. tend to vi. 1. 走向;趋向
Old people tend to get fat.
老年人容易发胖。
He tends towards selfishness.
他有自私自利的倾向。
7. proven a. 被证明的
Truth is something proven by experiment, so nothing should be taken for granted. 真理是要被实践证明的,所以没有什么东西可以想当然。
语法快递 it 用法
it的用法
(1)用作人称代词,代替前文提出到的无生命的事物,动植物、婴儿及指示代词this, that,如,
I have a new pen. It is beautiful. 我有一只新钢笔,它很好看。
The Browns have a new baby. It's cute. 布朗一家新生了一个小孩,很可爱。
(2)用来表示时间、天气、距离等,如,
It's twelve o'clock now. 现在12点了。
It's fine today. 今天天气很好。
语法总复习1----情态动词
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
复习情态动词
1.表示可能性的情态动词
may 和might用来推测现在“可能”,may 比might表示的可能性大些。may通常只用于陈述句中。例如:
--It may rain tomorrow. 明天可能下雨。
用may 表示“可能”一般不用于疑问句,在疑问句中通常用can表示。例如:
--Can they have missed the bus? --Yes, they may have.
他们可能错过了公共汽车吗?是的。
2.表示能力的情态动词
can可表示某人具有某种特定技巧、(潜在)能力或通过感官意识到某物。 could表示某人过去具有某种技巧、(潜在)能力或意识。
-Some people can ski better than others. 有些人滑雪比其他人好。
Everyone in the village could hear her voice. 村子里每个人都能听见她的声音。
be able to/be unable to不仅有现在时、过去时,还可有将来时、现在完成时、不定式、动词-ing形式等。例如:
Our baby will be able to walk in a few weeks. 我们的婴儿几周后就能走路了。
Since his accident he hasn’t been able to leave the house. 自从事故后,他就不能离开房子了。
3. 表示肯定推测的情态动词
must用于推测时,表示“一定”、“肯定”,表明说话人认为的可能性很大。一般只用于肯定陈述句中。否定形式用can’t,表示“一定不”“肯定不”
如: Oh, you must be Sylvia’s husband. 你一定是西尔薇亚的丈夫。
语法总复习2- - -被动语态
被动语态表示主语是谓语动作的承受者,如:A new swimming pool will be built on our school.
被动语态的形式是由“助动词be+动词的过去分词”构成。助动词be随着主语的人称,数,时态和语气的不同而变化。各种时态的被动语态形式如下:
1. 一般现在时 am/is/are+V(p.p)
人们利用电能运转机器。Electricity is used to run machines.
2. 一般过去时 was/were + V(p.p)
昨天我们在山坡上种了许多树。Many trees were planted on the hill yesterday.
3. 一般将来时 will/shall +be+V(p.p)
下星期我们将举行一场运动会。A sports meeting will be held next week.
4. .过去将来时 should/would +be+V(p.p)
他告诉我们人们将在他家乡建一个大水坝。We were told that a big reservoir would be built in his hometown.
5. 现在进行时 am/is/are +being+V(p.p)
他正在油漆房子。A house is being painted.
6. 过去进行时 was/were +being+V(p.p)
当我进厨房时,她正在做蛋糕。A cake was being made when I came into the kitchen.
7. 现在完成时 have/has +been+V(p.p)
他已经结束工作了。He has finished his work. His work has been finished.
8. 过去完成时 had +been+V(p.p)
到上个月为止,他们已经把这本书翻译成了英语。
The book had been translated into English by the end of last month.
9. 将来完成时will have +been+V(p.p)
2,000 words will have been learned by the end of next year.
10. 带情态动词的被动语态 由情态动词+be+V(p.p)”构成。如:
The machine must be operated with care.
注意:主动形式表示被动意义的情况
Habits are easy to make but hard to break . (Habits是to make、to break的逻辑宾语 ) 。习惯容易养成,但很难改变。
She only has a small cold room to live in . (不定式所修饰的名词或代词是动词的宾语,而句子的主语也是不定式的逻辑主语时 ) 她只有一间寒冷的斗室可以容身。
The bike needs repairing ( = to be repaired在动词want、need、require等后面常用动名词表示被动含义,等于不定式的被动形式。) . 自行车需要修理了。
This novel is well worth reading. (worth后跟动名词主动形式表示被动)这本小说很值得阅读。
A big fire happened / took place / broke out last night . (不及物动词没有被动语态)
How sweet the music sounds ! (感官动词 用主动形式表示被意思。)
The book sells well . (write、read、sell、keep、prove、weigh、number、drink、wear、pay、wash、open常用主动形式表被动意义)这本书销路很好。
语法总复习3------非谓语动词
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
非谓语动词
动词的非谓语形式有三种:不定式、动名词和分词.
(一)不定式
不定式由“ to十动词原形”构成,其否定形式是“ not to do”.不定式可以带宾语或状语构成不定式短语,没有人称和数的变化,但有时态和语态的变化.不定式可作主语、宾语、状语、表语和定语,但不能单独作谓语.不定式的逻辑主语有时用“ for十名词或代词宾格”构成.
1.不定式的用法:
l)作主语. To see is to believe.眼见为实。
2)作宾语. He wanted to go. 他想走开。
I find it interesting to study work with him.我发现和他一起工作很有趣。
3)作宾语补足语. He asked me to do the work with him. 他请我和他一起工作。
4)作定语.I have some books for you to read. 我有一些书给你读。
5)作状语,表示目的、原因、结果或条件.
I came here to see you.我到这里来看你。(目的)
We were very excited to hear the news.我们听到消息非常兴奋。(原因)
He hurried to the school to find nobody there.他急忙去了学校,结果发现那里没有人。(结果)
To look at him, you would like him.如果你看见他,你会喜欢他。(条件)
6)作表语. My job is to help the patient.我的工作是帮助患者。
7)作独立成分.To tell the truth, I don’t agree with you. 说实话,我不同意你。
8)不定式与疑问词 who,which,when,where,how,what等连用,在句中起名词作用,可充当主语、表语、宾语等.例如:
He didn’t know what to say. 他不知道说什么。
(二)动词的ing 形式。
动词的ing 形式由动词十 ing构成;可作主语、宾语、表语和定语,状语,但是不可以做谓语。
It is no use arguing with him. 和他争辩是没有用的。(做主语)
He is fond of playing football.他迷恋足球。(做宾语)
Her job is teaching. 他的工作是教书。(做表语)
He has a reading room. 他有一间阅览室。(做定语)
Being a student,he was interested in books.作为一名学生,他对书感兴趣。(做状语)
Having studied in the university for 3 years, he knows the way very well.在大学学习了3年,他对道路很熟悉。(ing 的过去式做状语)
篇16:高二英语表格教案Unit 10(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
课 时 6-1 备课人 万兴安 授课时间 .12
教学目标 1. Learn something about volcano through reading.
2. The students can use what they have learned to describe volcanoes.
3. The students realize that human beings can overcome any hardship.
4. The students will improve the ability to solve problems.
教学重点 1.Try to master the useful new words & expressions in this period.
2.Understand the text well.
教学难点 1.How to use the new words & expressions correctly.
2.To understand the reading materials of similar topics.
教、学具 a computer, a tape recorder & a projector, some slides.
预习要求 Read new words in Unit 10.
教 师 活动 内 容、方 式 学 生 活 动 内 容、方 式 旁 注
Step 1 Warming up
Questions:
1. What’s the weather like today?
2. Do you often care about the weather?
3. How do you hear about it?
4. Have you ever heard of typhoon?
5. What words can you think of to describe the typhoon weather?
6. What will you feel in such kind of weather?
7. What about the hurricane? Have you ever heard about it?
8. What about volcano?
9. How is a volcano formed?
10. Where is the most possible place that a volcano may erupt?
11. Do you know how a volcano works, if you do, describe it?
Step 2 Pre reading
Show a picture
(The body of the people, exactly, the body of the people in the town of Pompeii in the southern Italy.----show a picture of the relics of the town of Pompeii.).
Show another.
(A volcano erupted suddenly and after 18 hours all were damaged, including the people, animals, plants and the town itself.)
Step 3 While reading
Q5: heavy wind (blow hard) storm (show a picture of stormy weather.)
roaring thunder (also roaring forties: part of the Atlantic Ocean, often very stormy, between latitudes of 40 and 50 degrees south.)
Q9: 1). Show a video about the eruption of a volcano.
2). Show a picture of the boiling water kettle, which means the eruption of a volcano is something like the boiling water from the kettle. That is, the rocks is very, very hot and melted to gas and liquid. And they try to get out like the steam and boiling water.
Task 1 Skim the text and answer the following questions.
Q1: What is described in the following passage?
Q2: When and where did it happen?
Q3: Who is the writer of the letter?
Task 2 Decide whether the sentences are true or false.
1. A volcano erupted on the 24th of August in 79 BC in southern Italy.
2. My uncle planned to save his friend’s wife Rectina.
3. My uncle went to rescue Pompy after saving Rectina. 4. The flames came from the homes of farmers who had left in a panic with the kitchen fires still on.
5. They decided to try the open air instead of staying in the house. 6. It was night when the volcano erupted.
Task 4 Scan the text & fill in the following form.
Task 5 Arrange the following statements according to the right order.
1. He decided to rescue his friend Pompy.
2. Some people watched an unusual cloud rising from a mountain. 3. Rectina begged him to save her.
4. He ordered a boat made ready.
5. Two slaves helped him stand up and immediately he fell down dead. 6. He bathed and had dinner.
7. A rain of rocks was coming down.
Task 6 Read the text again and explain what the words in bold refer to: it, the one, the other, their, they
Homework.
1. (in the first period)Find out some sentences you enjoy most, & try to recite them as possible as you can.
2. Refer to the website to know more about the volcano.
www.fsyz.com.cn/yanjiu/gta
www.cpus.gov.cn/zlg/huoshan
Ss answer:
The eruption of the volcano called Mount Vesuvius.
On the 24th of August in 79 AD in southern Italy.
Pliny, the younger.
Check answers: 3T,5T
Ss read the text again and rearrange the order:
2431675
Check answers:
it: a cloud of unusual size and shape rising from a mountain
the one: the wind
the other: my uncle’s friend Pompy
their: flames
They: scared people
Ss finish their homework.
课 题 SEFCB2Unit 10 课 时 6-2 备课人 万兴安 授课时间 2004.12
教学目标 1. The students can use what they have learned to describe volcanoes.
2. The students realize that human beings can overcome any hardship.
3. The students will improve the ability to solve problems.
教学重点 1.Try to master the useful new words & expressions in this period.
2.Understand the text further
教学难点 1.How to use the new words & expressions correctly.
2.To understand the reading materials of similar topics.
教、学具 a tape recorder , a projector, some slides.
预习要求 Read the text of Unit 10.
教 师 活动 内 容、方 式 学 生 活 动 内 容、方 式 旁 注
Step 1 Go over the text
Get Ss to listen to the recording of the text.
Step 2 Revision
Check their homework
Step 3 Post reading
Task 1 The uncle of the writer was not afraid of what was happening. How do you know? Give three examples that show he had no fear.
Task 2 Further understanding
1. How does nature form a danger to people in the world and how can science help reduce that threat?
2. What’s the relation between human beings and nature?
3. What should we do to protect the environment that we live in?
5R policy.
Show a picture of a tree; explain to the students that we must reduce the amount of trees that we cut down.
Show a picture of a coat; explain to the students that when our coat is not suitable for us to wear, we can give it to our brothers, sisters or give it to the Project Hope.
Show a picture of a cola can; explain to the students that after drinking the cola, the cans left can be collected together and melt them to make new cans. Listen to the text
Check their most enjoyable sentences in the text. Get some of them to recite some of the sentences.
Answer:
1. He wrote a report about all he observed during his trip.
2. Rescued Pompy, calmed down, bathed and had dinner, sleep, etc.
3. Slept after baths and dinner, told the flames came from the homes of farmers who had left in a panic with the kitchen fires still on.
1. Reduce: Reduce the amount of waste by every possible means.
2. Reuse: Reuse the useful things before getting rid of them.
3. Recycle: Recycle the waste things if possible.
Show a picture of a watermelon; explain to the students that if part of the watermelon is rotten, we can cut it out and eat the good parts.
Show a picture of a chair; explain to the students that if one leg of a chair is broken, we can repair it and use it again.
Step 4. Language points.
1. draw one’s attention to sth. 吸引某人的注意力
eg. She drew my attention to a mistake in the report.
catch one’s attention; focus one’s attention on; pay attention to; give one’s attention to
2. Ash and bits of rock that were burnt black were falling onto the ship now, darker and more, the closer they went.
3. urge 催促, 极力主张; 强烈要求
eg. The U.S.A urged Iraq to give up.
4. Upon arrival: As soon as he arrived 当…的时候; 一… 就…
5. bath n. 洗澡;浴缸
bathe v. 洗澡
6. He looked more asleep than dead.
eg. The pig looks more lovely than stupid.
eg. The boy looks more stupid than angry.
Step 5 Homework
Finish Exercise 2 at Page 77 in SB..
Bb design:
4. Recover: Make use of good parts while getting rid of the bad ones.
5. Repair: Repair the broken things.
Ss listen and take notes when necessary.
Finish the homework
Check answers next time.
课 题 SEFCB2Unit 10 课 时 6-3 备课人 万兴安 授课时间 2004.12
教学目标 1) Understand the listening text in the workbook.
2) The Ss can express emotion, anxiety and fear properly.
3) Know more about typhoon.
教学重点 To master the useful new words and expressions.
教学难点 How to use what the students have learned to describe a nature disaster.
教、学具 a computer, a projector & a tape recorder
预习要求 Nothing but to read the new words.
教 师 活动 内 容、方 式 学 生 活 动 内 容、方 式 旁 注
Step1 Revision
Check homework.
Other questions:
1 What kinds of disasters does nature give us?
2 What kinds of disasters does man give us?
Step2 Pre-listening
Page 144,Listening. Look at the picture. Discuss Exercise1 with the students.
Step3 Listening
Play the tape for the students to do Exercises2-4. Then ask: What happened in the typhoon Linda talked about?
Step4 Lead-in
Page74,Speaking.Get the students to read the dialogue to find out the answers to the following questions:
1 What happened in the typhoon?
2 What else do you know will happen in a typhoon?
3 What was people’s emotion?
4 What do you think happens in a hurricane, a volcano, an earthquake, SARS and bird flu?
Step5 Speaking
Give the students some pictures. Get them to make a similar dialogue. Tell their partners whether these things or situations frighten them and explain why. Also, talk about people’s emotion in these situations and how they would behave. Get them to make with the help of the useful expressions.
Check homework
Answer the questions.
Look at the picture.
Discuss Exercise 1.
Listen for main ideas.
Read the dialogue to find out the answers.
Make a similar dialogue.
Model:
A: Have you been in a situation that frightens you?
B: Yes. It was last summer. I spent my summer vacation in my hometown, a small village in a mountainous district. One day, I went hiking with my cousin. On our way home, we met a cobra.
A: Were you frightened when you saw it?
B: Very! It made my hair stand on end. My cousin was too frightened to move at that time, too. Because we both saw on TV that the poison of a cobra can kill a person easily.
A: What happened next?
B: Fortunately it didn’t see us. We acted just as the TV programme told us. At last, it went by. The distance between the cobra and us was only three metres or so.
A: How terrible!
Step6 Pre-talking
Ask: What do you need to do when you are trapped in a typhoon?
Get the students to read the dialogue at Page144, Talking between Xiaosong and David to find out what Xiaosong suggests in case of typhoon.
Step7 Talking
Get the students to read the roll cards and make similar dialogues.
Step8 Homework
Make a dialogue with your partner about a disaster. It should include the following:
1) What was it like?
2) What happened?
3) What was people’s emotion and what about yours?
4) What safety measures should be taken?
Bb design:
Hand out the material for Ss to read.
Get the students to read the dialogue at Page144 and make up a new dialogue.
Read the roll cards and make similar dialogues.
Make up a new dialogue.
课 题 SEFCB2Unit 10 课 时 6-4 备课人 万兴安 授课时间 2004.12
教学目标 1.Learn the text “typhoon” and master the detailed information in it.
2.Learn useful words and expressions
3. Write a passage about how the story will end.
教学重点 1. To train Ss’ reading skills and writing skills
2. To master the usages of the new words and expression of this period.
教学难点 1. To write a passage about terrible weather---- typhoon
2. To understand the difficult words, phrases and sentences
教学具及
教学方法 Teaching Aids: a computer, a projector, a tape recorder
Fast reading and careful reading: to get the Ss to grasp the detailed information
Writing practice: to get the Ss to learn how to describe something terrible
Pair work or group work: to get the Ss to be active in class
预习要求 Read useful; words and expressions.
教 师 活动 内 容、方 式 学 生 活 动 内 容、方 式 旁 注
Step 1 Teaching Revision
1.Check the homework
2.Retell the story ( if the teacher likes )
3.Review the words and expression for talking about weather.
Step 2 Lead in
In the last few periods, we deal with a letter about volcano. It is a terrible nature disaster. This summer our hometown also experience a terrible disaster----- typhoon, one called Yunan. It caused great damage, isn’t it? Can you describe it? ( Ss: …. )
If it happens in USA, what do people call? (A hurricane)
In fact, a typhoon is the same thing as a hurricane except the place where they form. Before we deal with the detailed information, let’s watch a short video to experience the story wind again and here are two questions for you.
1. What does the hurricane bring in?
2. How long will it usually last?
Step 3 Pre-reading
We know typhoons can cause great damage or even deaths. In order to reduce the loss and protect ourselves,
we have to learn more about it. Then what else do you know about the typhoon? Tell us what you know, please!
First talk with your partner and then tell the whole class what you have discussed.
Step 4 While reading
Fast reading: skim the passage and try to get the general
idea of the text.
Careful reading: Ss finish two tasks after reading.
Check homework
Retell the story
(Ss watch the video and give the answers. If it is necessary, play it twice.)
Talk with their partner 3.(This activity aims to review the words and motivate the Ss. In this way, the topic will be turned to typhoon.)
Task1.Scan the passage and find the answer to the following questions.
1. Where did the ship meet the typhoon?
2. What was the weather at first?
3. Why did the capital say that it looked as if a typhoon was coming on?
4. Where were they when the full force of the hurricane struck the ship?
5. What should they do in such terrible weather?
6. What does the sentence “ Another one like this, and that’s the last of her” mean?
7. Why did the capital strike a match? What did he see?
Task2. Try to explain the difficult sentence in bold in English.
1. It was fine, for there was no wind and the heat was close.
2. Because he observed the barometer fell steadily and he knew that a terrible storm would come soon.
3. When the hurricane struck the ship with full force, they were all on the bridge.
4. They could only move the ship over the high sea and into the very eye of the wind.
5. It was the lowest reading he had ever seen in his life
Step 5 Deal with language points after that.
Step 5 Discussion
Extended discussion:
We know typhoon can cause great damage to our life. How can we reduce the loss? How can we protect ourselves?
Step 6 Homework
1.Oral homework:
Suppose you are a newspaper reporter and are interviewing the captain. Make up the dialogue.
Think it over: What questions will the journalist ask?
2. Written homework
Write the end of the passage on your exercise book.
Bb design:
( Ss answer the main elements of a story: who, when, where, how)
( pair work for two minutes and then one or two Ss report )
(This activity is to motivate the Ss to talk in English and cooperate well with each other.)
( Then the teacher introduce the background information )
Ss explain the difficult sentence in bold in English.
Ss discuss in pairs or in groups and then report what they discuss.
Finish the homework.
课 题 SEFCB2 Unit 10 Listening (Wb) Integrating skills & Writing (Wb) 课 时 6-5 备课人 万兴安 授课时间 2004.12
教学目标 1.The Ss can understand the listening text.
2.The Ss can get the general idea of each paragraph.
3.Through reading, the Ss develop some microskills in reading, such as skimming and scanning. What’s more, they can write a composition of similar topic.
4.The Ss can develop in somewhat the ability of autonomy learning, processing information and thinking in English.
5.The Ss have the sense to protect our environment. They share the experience of learning English and have the sense of success in learning English and cooperation.
教学重点 1.Learn the useful words and expressions in this period.
2.Learn to write about a natural disaster.
教学难点 1.Know how to use the words and expressions in this period.
2.Know the structure of writing about a natural disaster.
教、学具 a tape- recorder a computer & a projector
预习要求 Try to learn the new words in this unit.
教 师 活动 内 容、方 式 学 生 活 动 内 容、方 式 旁 注
Stage 1 Listening
1.Read the information about the exercises.
2.Listen to the tape and do Exercises 1,2 & 3.
3.Listen again and finish all the questions in this part.
(If necessary, play the tape again.)
Stage 2 Reading
1.Lead-in
Ask the Ss to describe a kind of weather and what people do in such weather.
Today we’ll read some book descriptions about natural disasters and stories that happened in terrible weather.
Volcano & Earthquake
The Coming Storm: Extreme Weather and Our Terrifying Future
Hidden Big Island of Hawaii: Including the Volcanoes National Park
Sudden Sea: The Great Hurricane of 1938
2.Pre-reading tasks
Read through the book descriptions and match them with the following book titles.
Read the information about the exercises.
Listen to the tape and do Exercises 1,2 & 3.
Describe a kind of weather and what people do in such weather.
Read through the book descriptions and match them .
Volcano & Earthquake Under the Volcano: A Novel
Disaster! The Great San Francisco Earthquake and Fire of 1906
3.While-reading tasks
Ask the Ss to read the descriptions carefully again. Divide the whole class into two parts. Each part deals with one of the following two activities:
1. Which books on the list interest you? Give reasons why you might want to read them.
2. Choose one book from the list which you don’t want to read and explain why you think it won’t interest you.
4.Post-tasks
Group work.
Imagine your teacher asks you to write an essay about human experiences and how people suffer during natural disasters. Which books would you choose to help you write your essay? What information do you think you could use from them?
Stage 3 Writing
Brainstorming
What natural disasters do you know?
2. Writing
Divide the class into six groups. Each group discuss a topic and writes a composition together. After they finish the writing, they should do peer-revision. Then the teacher will post the compositions on the wall. Each composition should contain the following parts:
1.How is the disaster formed?
2.What happens when the disaster comes?
3. What is the damage after the disaster?
4.What do people do after that?
5. What lesson have you learn?
Stage 4 Homework
Read more passages about natural disasters. They can refer to the following websites:
www.aoml.noaa.gov/general/lib/hurricbro.html
www.aaets.org/arts/art38.htm
www.iwaynet.net/~kwroejr/violent.html
disaster.fsa.usda.gov
theepic.ruiwen.com/howto.html
This activity aims to improve the Ss’ reading ability of skimming and the Ss can get the general idea of each paragraph.
(This activity is to help the Ss develop the ability of scanning and express their own opinions with their own words.)
(This step tries to develop the Ss’ cooperative ability and writing ability. The Ss look up information in many different ways.)
Ss will be happy to do this exercise.
课 题 SEFCB2Unit 10
Grammar & word 课 时 6-6 备课人 万兴安 授课时间 2004.12
教学目标 1. Learn and master Grammar: Ellipsis
2. Review the usage of the present participle & past participle.
教学重点 1.Learn about Ellipsis of different types.
2.Enable Ss to learn how to choose the present participle & the past participle.
教学难点 How to use Ellipsis to make a sentence brief and clear.
教、学具 a computer & a projector
预习要求 Read grammar items in a Grammar book.
教 师 活动 内 容、方 式 学 生 活 动 内 容、方 式 旁 注
Step 1: Word Study
1. Check the answer to Exercise 1 at Page 77.
2. The Present participle & the past participle
Look at the 2 sentences on the blackboard.
This is a moving story.
The boy is deeply moved by the story.
Can you tell the difference between “moving” & “moved” ?
Please open your books at Page 78. Look at Ex. 2. Read the sentences and fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words.
Step 2: Grammar - Ellipsis
Look at the 2 sentences on the blackboard.
Upon arrival, my uncle hugged Pompy and (?) tried to give him courage.
Then came a smell of sulphur, and then (?) flames.
Read them and decide which words were left out at each place of the question marks.
In modern English there is a tendency to omit or leave out some words in a sentence for the sake of conciseness. The omission is called “Ellipsis”, and a sentence containing such an elliptical sentence.
A word or words in a sentence can be omitted only on condition that the omission would not cause the sentence to be understood in more than one way to be unclear meaning or wrong. We must keep in mind that
we should not omit words necessary for clearness. Are you clear about that? Now I’d like to some more about “Ellipsis”.
简单句中的省略
1) 省略主语 祈使句中主语通常省略;
The present participle “moving” expresses an action that happens around the same time as the main verb with an active meaning while the past participle “moved” expresses an action that is completed with an passive meaning.
Read the sentences and fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the words.
I think in the 1st sentence the subject “he or my uncle” was left out.
In the 2nd sentence I think “came” should be at the place of the question mark.
其它省略主语多限于少数现成的说法。
2)省略主谓或主谓语的一部分
3) 省略作宾语的不定式短语,只保留to,但如果该宾语是动词be或完成时态,则须在之后加上be或have:
4)省略表语
5) 同时省略几个成分
主从复合句中的省略
1) 主句中有一些乘法被省略
( I’m ) Sorry to hear you are ill.
2) 主句中有一些乘法被省略
并列句中的省略
两个并列句中,后一个分句常省略与前一分句中相同的部分。
其他省略
连词的that省略
(1) 宾语从句中常省略连词that,但也有不能省略的情况。
(2) 在定语从句中,that在从句中作宾语时可省略.另外,凡是进行时态和被动语态的定语从句都可省略关系代词和be 动词。
2) 在某些状语从句中,从句的主语与主句的主语一致时,可省去“主语+be”部分
不定式符号to的省略
并列的不定式可省去后面的 to.
help 当“帮助”讲时,后面的宾语或宾补的不定式符号to可带可不带.
3)介词but前若有动词do,后面的不定式不带 to.
(4) 某些使役动词(let, make, have)及感官动词(see, watch, hear, notice, observe, feel, look at, listen to等)后面作宾语补足语的不定式一定要省去 to, 但在被动语态中须将to 复原。
(5) 主语从句中有动词do,后面作表语的不定式的 to可带可不带。
(6) find 当“发现”讲时,后面作宾语补足语的不定式符号to可带可不带。 但如果是不定式 to be,则不能省略。
7)连词if在部分虚拟条件句中可省略,但后面的语序有变化。
8) 主句和从句各有一些成分省略。
The sooner (you do it), the better (it will be).
Step 3: Homework
Finish all the exercises about “Ellipsis” in your book. (I)Thank you for your help.
(There is) No smoking .
–Are you going there?
--Yes, I’d like to (go there).
–Are you thirsty?
--Yes, I am (thirsty).
–-Have you finished your work ?
---(I have) Not (finished my work) yet.
–Is he coming back tonight? --I think so.
My father is a doctor and my mother (is) a nurse.
When (he was) still a boy of 10, he had to work day and night.
I told him to sit down and wait for a moment.
I will help (to) do it for you.
The boy did nothing but play.
I saw the boy fall from the tree.
All we can do now is (to) wait.
We found him (to) work very hard at the experiment.
She found him to be dishonest.
(1) Had they time, they would certainly come and help us.
(2) Were I you, I would do the work better.
(3) Should there be a flood, what should we do?
篇17:高二unit 6知识点教案(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
1. What will life be like in the future? 未来的生活是什么样子?
in the future相当于in time yet to come,意为“将来”,指较长的将来一段时间。
Who knows what will happen in the future? 谁知道将来会发生什么事?
I'd like to be a teacher in the future. 将来我想当一名教师。
(1) in future 相当于from now on,意为“今后;以后”,常指离现在较近的一段将来时间。
Don't do that in future. 以后别再干那种事了。
Be more careful with your spelling in future. 今后多注意你的拼写。
(2) for the future表示“为将来”,在句中作定语或状语。
We'd better lay up some money for the future. 我们最好为将来攒一些钱。
It's necessary to plan for the future. 对未来进行规划是有必要的。
用上述短语填空:
①Could you be more careful ____ ? ②I'm sure at some point ____ I'll want a baby.
(Keys: ①in future ②in the future)
2. make predictions/ forecasts about对…进行预测 make a weather forecast for tomorrow预报明天的天气
Pre-reading
3. What will the future be like in general? 将来整体上是什么样子?
in general是介词短语,意为“一般地”、“大体上”、“大都”,在句中作状语。如:
I like games in general, and especially football. 各种运动我一般都喜欢,尤其是足球。
I am glad to find myself in general accord with your opinions. 我很高兴地发现我的意见与你的看法基本一致。
in total总数in detail详细地in treatment在治疗 in common共同地in order井然有序的 in place在原来(合适)位置 in doubt怀疑in hospital在住院in prison在监狱(服刑) in public 公开地in secret秘密地in return 作为报答
用上述短语填空:
① ____ , men are taller than women. ②He talked ____ about the curtains he's bought.
③I'd never speak like that ____ . (Keys: ①In general ②in detail ③in public)
Reading
3. What life will be like in the future is difficult to predict. 很难预言将来的生活会是什么样。
4. One way to catch a glimpse of the future is to examine some of the major trends in contemporary society. 考察当代社会的大趋势可以帮助我们对未来做出窥测。
* catch a glimpse of = catch a brief sight of; see sb/ sth for a very short time
一眼瞥见; 大致看; 很快地看一眼
.catch/ get/ have a (brief)glimpse很快地看一眼,匆匆一瞥 catch/ get/ have a sight of看到
I caught a glimpse of her as she got into the car.
She caught a glimpse of Meg at the station this morning.
5. contemporary society/styles现代社会/风格 be contemporary with与…属于同一时代
contemporary用作形容词,意为“同时期的”、“当代的”,用作名词,意为“同时期的人”、“同辈”、“报刊同业”。如: contemporary literature 当代文学
Marlowe was contemporary with Shakespeare. 马洛与莎士比亚同时代。
Keats and Shelley were contemporaries. 济慈和雪莱是同代人。
6. Current trends indicate that transportation is becoming cleaner, faster and safer.(当代趋势表明…)
7. A good example of how transportation is changing is the new maglev train, which is environmentally friendly, energy-saving and travels at an amazing 430 km/h.
新型的磁悬浮列车就是交通运输变化的一个很好的例子。它既环保,又节约能源,还能以430公里的惊人时速行驶。
* 本句为which引导的非限制性定语从句,其先行词为the new maglev train。
* environmentally friendly = not damaging the environment
environmentally friendly washing powder 环保洗衣粉
energy-saving节约能源的 paper-making造纸的 English- speaking说英语的
* 表示“以…的速度;以…的价格;以…的比率”,介词一般用at.
e.g. The new car has a speed limit. It has to run at 80 kilometers per hour.
I bought the books at the price of 10 dollars each.
8. ensure sb. from/ against danger保护某人免受危险 ensure safety确保安全
9. reform oneself 改过自新 reform and open 改革开发 a reform in teaching methods教法改革
10. * in touch with = in communication with 同…联系
e.g. Let’s keep in touch. Let’s keep in touch with each other.
We are in close touch with our office in USA. 我们与我们在美国的办事处有密切联系。
* out of touch 失去联系
We have been out of touch with Lillian.
keep in touch (with) 与...保持联系 get in touch with 和...取得联系 lose touch with 和...失去联系 be in touch (with) 和...有联系 be/get out of touch (with) 失去联系;脱离
由keep构成的词组
keep back; keep in mind; keep one’s balance; keep on; keep up with;
keep doing; keep sb/ sth doing; keep sb/ sth from doing
11. be crowded with 充满/挤满了 the crowd 人群 crowd into涌入,挤入
12. remain/ stay/ keep open/ closed 仍然开/关着 remain/ stay a problem仍是个问题
remain/ stay the same 保持不变 remain/ stay sitting 仍然坐着 remain/ stay unfinished 仍然没完成 remain/ stay in great poverty 仍然很穷(人) 逗留 remain/ stay in hospital
13. deal with 对付,处理(常与 how连用,do with与 what连用)2)与.打交道We have dealt with the company for 10 years.我们同这家公司打了十年的交道。
14. with a better understanding of 随着---的了解/除 with the development of 随着---的发展
15. on the air广播中/放映(的)(被广播/放映的) speak on the air在广播中/电视上讲话。
16. The way we view learning and knowledge is also changing. 我们对于学习和知识的看法也在变
17. come true(不可用被动)/ turn into reality/ be realized实现,成为现实
18. We cannot be sure whether our dreams will come true,We can at least be hopeful that our efforts to improve the world will be successful.我们无法确定梦想能否实现,但至少我们对我们改造世界的能力会获得成功充满信心。
be hopeful + of / about / that从句
We are hopeful of getting your support.
We are hopeful about their future.
She was hopeful that her job would bring in more money. hopefully
Mary said hopefully, “I’ll find it.” (怀着希望地)
Hopefully everything turns out well.
Hopefully we’ll arrive before dark. (如果顺利地话,但愿)
19. If we learn to accept change and appreciate what is new and different,we will be well-prepared for wherever the future may have in store.如果我们学会接受变化,学会欣赏新的、不同的事物,我们就能有准备地迎接未来带给我们的一切。
in store贮藏着;准备着;就要来到 have/ hold/ keep sth. In store 贮藏/准备着某物
We have a lot of food in store for bad weather.
There will be a shock in store for him.
language study
20. This company promises that consumers who have been cheated by it can get twice their money back.这家公司保证被它欺骗的消费者可以得回两倍的钱。
(1)…倍数+the size(weight/height/width/length...)of+…
eg:That house being built there is 3 times the height of this old one.
正在被修建的那个房是这所旧房的三倍。
The desk is 4 times the length of the box.这张课桌的长度是个那盒子的四倍。
(2)…倍数+比较级+that+…
The number of students in their school is three times larger than that in ours.他们学校学生数量比我们学校多三倍。
(3)…倍数+as +adj/adv.(原级)+as+…
Asia is 4 times as large as Europe.亚洲是欧洲的四倍大。
(4)…倍数+as+many+n.(可数名词复数)+as...
We got 3 times as many people as we had planned.我们买的书是我们原先 计划的3倍之多。
(5)…倍数+as+much+n.(不可数名词)+as…
The book cost me 3 times as much money as the one I bought in Beijing last year.这本书的价钱是我去年在北京买的那本的3倍之多。
Integrating skills
21. Company n.(1)友谊,交情,陪伴[U]
We will be glad of your company 0n the journey.旅行中有你陪伴我们会很高兴。
(A) in company(with)陪伴某人,和……在一起
(B) keep sb.company=keep company with sb.陪伴某人,和……在一起
He kept me company.他陪伴我。
(2)伴侣,同伴[U]
eg:I have company this evening.今晚我有客。
公司[c] We organized a publishing company.
【拓展】 part company(with)和某人分手,断绝来往in the company of在……陪同下
篇18:unit5 whole unit(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
The British Isles
(Designed to the periods)
Teaching aims and demands
1. Topic: Talk about British Isles---- the UK and Ireland.
2. Vocabulary and useful expressions:
Consist, state, powerful, advantage, narrow, republic, form, mild, influence, basis, mountainous, union, strength, generation, generally, belief, cigarette, proof, own, production, produce, research, coast, foot, employ, bear, grain, wild, westwards, approach;
Consist of, be made up of, make the most of, hold together, lie off, at one point, the Atlantic Ocean, run over.
3. Function:
Practise expressing agreement and disagreement
A. agreement:
I believe that you have got it right.
Surely it must be….
Yes, you are right, but ….
Yes, I agree with you.
B. disagreement:
Don’t you think that…..?
Aren’t you confusing …..?
I don’t think that’s right ….
I don’t think so.
You must be mistaken……
No, you are wrong thinking that …….
I’m afraid you’re wrong …..
4. Grammar:
Noun Clauses (1)---- subject/ object/ predicative/ appositive
What life will be like is the topic for today’s class discussion.
Can you imagine that what man will look like in 1000 years?
The reason why he didn’t come to school is that he was ill.
The news that our football team was defeated is known to all.
5. Using the language:
Write a description of a town and the countryside
Teaching procedure:
Period 1.
Step 1.Warming up
1. Brainstorming:
a. Work in groups to find out as much as you can about the geography, history, language, culture, famous people, buildings and other things in the UK and Ireland.
b. Use a map to let the Ss know the location of the British Isles.
2. Following the steps of the warming-up on page 33.
Step 2. Pre-reading
1. Show some pictures of famous architecture and famous scenery pictures of the UK and Ireland.
2. group work: describe the pictures.
Step 3. While-reading
1. Scanning: Ss read quickly and answer:
What are the most important facts about the United Kingdom?
How many countries make up the British Isles?
What are the most important facts about Ireland?
2. Ss read and get the main ideas of each paragraph.
Step 4. Post-reading:
Finish the three questions on P 36.
Step 5. Assignment
surf the internet and get more information about the topic.
Period 2.
Step 1. Warming up
Divide the Ss into a few groups to do group work.:
Choose one of the following topic to discuss: history / geography /culture / language
(after the discussion each group elect a speaker to report their result to the whole class.)
Step 2. Learning about the language
Teacher explain some language points in the text on page 19--20.
1. The idea that English stands for fish & chips, the Speaker Corner and the Tower of London is past.
That 引导同位语从句。More examples:
I made a promise that if anyone sent the bag back to me, I would share the money with him or her.
比较同位语从句和定语从句:
Mother made a promise that excited all her children.
2. Within the UK for many years now, there have been a growing movement to make the most of its cultural diversity.
Make the most of 充分利用
You have only a short holiday, so make the most of it.
3. Between Britain and Ireland , in the Irish Sea, lies the small isle of Man. To the southeast of Britain lie the Channel Islands.
介绍或复习倒装句。
Step 3. Practice
1. Ss finish the Word Study by themselves.
2. check the answer.
3. Teacher gives Ss suggested answer and tell them why if the Ss have any problem.
Step 4. Assignment
1. Learn the useful expressions by heart.
2. Read the passage on P113-114, and finish the related exercises..
Period 3
Step 1. Revision
Check the comprehending Ex on P114
Step 2. Discoverig useful structures
1. Ss look at the following sentences and underline the Noun Clauses.
Let Ss themselves find the functions of the Noun Clauses.
2.Ss study more examples .
3.More exercises to consolidate the Grammar.
What life will be like is the topic for today’s class discussion.
Can you imagine that what man will look like in 1000 years?
The reason why he didn’t come to school is that he was ill.
The news that our football team was defeated is known to all.
4. finish EX1-4 on p38 for consolidation.
Step 3. Talking
1. Ss four in one group and have a discussion about the topic on page 110
2. Ss make notes during the discussion, and try to reach an agreement that is acceptable to all.
3. Ss show their result to the class.
Step 4. Assignment
Finish Wb Ex 1and 2 on page 112.
Period 4. (Listening & speaking)
Step 1. Listening
1. Ss finish the listening task on page 33.
2. Ss listen to the tape again and check the answers.
Step 2 Speaking
Do the speaking practice as ususal, focusing the following expressions:
A. agreement:
I believe that you have got it right.
Surely it must be….
Yes, you are right, but ….
Yes, I agree with you.
B. disagreement:
Don’t you think that…..?
Aren’t you confusing …..?
I don’t think that’s right ….
I don’t think so.
You must be mistaken……
No, you are wrong thinking that …….
I’m afraid you’re wrong …..
Step 2. dealing with the Ex 1-2 on p 109 of Workbook.
Step 3. Listening skills
Give the students some tips on how to improve listening while checking the Ex.
a. make notes while listening;
b. grasp the most important information
Period 5 (Writing )
Step 1. Pre-writing
1. Ss read the passage and get the general idea about it.
2. Explain the skills on how to organize a paragraph.
Step 2. While-writing
1. Ss write a paragraph to introduce your town , including the landscape, culture relics, the most important features of your town, the people, their life, trade and culture.
2. Ss exchange their writing and correct the mistakes.
3. Ss rewrite the letter again.
Step 3. After-writing
Choose some samples and show them in class.
Step 4. assignment
Ss in group 3-5, make an plan to travel around the British Isles.
Period 6.
Teachers can use this period freely.
Suggestion: Teachers can use this period to let Ss sum up what they have learned and explain what Ss couldn’t understand very well in this unit. Teachers can also add more practice in this period to consolidate what the Ss have learned. Finally, ask the Ss to finish Assessing on page 115. It is very important to improve their learning and let them have a sense of achieving gradually.
篇19:高考复习(一)人教版第一册Unit 19-22语言点(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
Unit19
1 way, method, means
way可指一般的方法,也可指个人的或特殊的方法或方式。如:生活方式way of life。另外,当way作先行词时,定语从句引导词可以是in which也可以是that,也可以不用引导词。常用短语:in this way用这种方式;by the way顺便说;in a way在某种程度上;in no way决不;in the way妨碍某人;lose one’s way迷路;on the/one’s way在路上;make one’s way前进。
method指理论的或系统的方法。Our teacher is showing us a new method of writing.
老师告诉我们一种书写的新方法。
There's not much method in the way they do their accounts. Will you come to help them?
“他们记账的方法没有什么条理,你能来帮帮他们吗?”
条理;秩序; 有条不紊If you had used more method, you wouldn't have wasted so much time.
要是你安排得更有条理些,就不会浪费那么多时间了。
means指具体的“方法、手段、工具”,其单复数相同。常用短语:by this means用这种方式;by all means无论如何;by means of以……方式;by no means一点也不。
Exercises:
(1). I think this is the best _____ to deal with the waste.
(2). Now teaching the text is done in a very lively _____ in English classes.
(3). He introduced the Western _____ of teaching in class.
(4). Follow her _____ of cooking.
(5). Every possible _____ has/ All possible _____ have been adopted.
2 produce\production\product
3 shortage缺乏, 匮乏;缺乏之量
a shortage of water缺水
The total shortage was $500.不足的总额为500美元。
“In the developed countries, there's a great shortage of labour / work force.”
发达国家劳动力非常缺乏。
4 guide n.领路人, 导游者, 向导, 引导者, 指南a Guide to English Grammar
vt.指导, 支配, 管理, 带领, 操纵
They guided us to the office.他们带领我们到了办公室。
5 condition:可以用作动词和名词。主要义项有:条件;状况;状态;决定;调整状态。
Eg. He conditioned himself for the race.
I conditioned the dog to bark at strangers.
Ability is one of the conditions of success in life.
用作名词表示“条件”时可以构成以下短语:on condition that在……条件下;
Eg. We’ll let you use the room on condition that you keep it clean and tidy.
on this/ that/ no/ what condition在这种(那种,没有的,什么)条件下。
Eg. You should on no condition visit that place.
表示“状态”时可以构成的短语有:in good condition(s)情况良好;
Eg. My car is old but in good condition.
in/ out of condition健康状况良好(不佳)
Eg. He is not in a condition to make a long trip.
The car is in very good condition.这辆汽车情况良好。
注意:比较相似词语:situation形势,局势;state状态(Matter has three states.);surrounding环境
Situation n.形势;状况;事态The situation is very difficult.处境很困难。
地势;地理位置an island situation岛国地势
State n.状况;情形;状态
Everything was in a state of disorder.一切都处于紊乱状态。
The messy garden is in a state of neglect.这个又脏又乱的花园处于无人管理的状态。
焦虑或兴奋状态She is in a worried state of mind.她心情很焦急。
The whole country was in a state of ferment that year.那一年这个国家全部处于**状态。
6 remove vt., vi.(常与from连用)拿走;撤走,除去
to remove your hat脱掉你的帽子
to remove a child from a class把一个孩子从班上带走
(常与from连用)撤职,免职
7 word n.词,单词;话,言语
Tell me in your own words.用你自己的话告诉我。
简短的话,几句话
'I can't hear a word!' I said angrily.'我一句也听不见了!'我愤怒地说。
Can I have a word with you?我能和你说几句话吗?
消息No word has come from the battle front.前线还没有消息传来。
承诺I give you my word that I will return.我向你保证我会回来的。
The boy kept his word.那孩子信守诺言。
eat one's words承认说错了话
have words吵嘴;争论
in other words换句话说
word for word逐词地;原原本本地
Tell me what she said, word for word.把她说的一五一十地告诉我。
8 stand by袖手旁观;忠于;信守;帮助或者支持:
to stand by one's promise遵守诺言;stands by her friends.支持她的朋友
stand for代表,表示;意指;象征;倡导或者支持:接受;容忍:
We will not stand for impertinent behavior.我们不会容忍不礼貌的行为
stands for freedom of the press.倡导新闻的自由
stand out明显;醒目;突出;杰出;坚持;支撑
to stand out a crisis挨过危机
stand in当替身;代替
stand up耐久;耐用;成立
Will the charge stand up in court?这个指控在法庭上能成立吗?
stand up for维护;拥护;支持
9 go against:反对, 违反, 不利于
Eg. It goes against my interests.
相关归纳:(1)go ahead进步;前进;可以Eg. He is going ahead fast.
(2)go away离开;走开Eg. Did you go away or stay at home in the vacation.
(3)go by走过;时间流逝受指导;遵照,依照
Eg. Don't go by what she says.别听她的。 Several years went by before we met again.
(4)go down下降;落下;平静下来Eg. The wind has gone down a little.
(5)go in for从事;参加酷爱;嗜好
Eg. Young people should never simply go in for material comforts.年青人永远也不应一味地追求物质享受。 He goes in for sports every day.
(6)go off离去;进展;变坏;熄掉爆炸;(爆竹、铃等)响
Eg. The signal pistol went off with a bang.信号枪砰的一声响了。
The meeting went off very well. The milk has gone off.
(7)go over调查;复习
(8)go through经过;经历;完成;做完;通过;批准
Eg. The law has gone through Parliament.议会已经通过了这项法案。
She went through the room but couldn’t find the missing ring.
注意:go还可以用作连系动词,构成短语:go bad“变质”;go hungry“挨饿”;go mad“发疯”。
(9)go about到处走动,走来走去;(轮船)掉头,转向从事;着手做
How shall we go about the job?我们该怎样着手做这件工作?
How do you go about repairing this telex machine?你怎样着手修理这架电传机?
10 depend vi.(常与on, upon连用)视情况而定
That depends.视情形而定。
It all depends on how you tackle the problem.那要看你如何应付这问题而定。
(常与on 连用)信任,信赖;需要
Can I depend on you?我可以信任你吗?
I haven't a car, I have to depend on the buses.我没有汽车,只能靠公共汽车。
That depends.[口]要看情况而定。
It all depends.[口]要看情况而定。
You may depend upon it.[口]肯定无疑; 放心好了。
depend upon it[口]肯定天疑, 管保没错, 我敢说(用于句首或句末
Unit20
1 intend:用作动词,主要有“意欲;打算”“原本是要……;原意要……(常用于被动语态)”等义项。主要用法有:(1)intend to do Eg. He intends to study abroad next year.
(2)intend sb. to do Eg. He intends his son to manage the company.
(3)intend that…Eg. He intends that the plan should be put into practice within a year.= He intends the plan to be put into practice within a year.
(4)be intended for/ as为特殊目的而设计; Eg. This dictionary is intended for children.
(5)be intended to do Eg. This was intended to be a picture of a cat.
注意:intend to do和mean to do有相同的用法。
Eg. I’ve made a mistake, though I didn’t intend to/ mean to.我错了,虽然我不愿意。
be intended to (do)意思是使; 是用来
be intended to be规定为, 确定为
it is intended that企图, 意图是
intend for打算供...使用; 打算送给;打算使...成为; 想让...从事某事
2 appreciate vt., vi.感激;感谢
We appreciate your efforts for the development of the company.
我们感激你对公司发展所作的努力。
鉴赏;欣赏;赏识
I think that young children often appreciate modern pictures better than anyone else.
我认为小孩对现代图画往往比任何人都更有鉴赏力。
appreciate English poetry欣赏英诗
appreciate good food品尝美味
appreciate sb.'s friendship珍视某人的友谊
We shall appreciate hearing from you again.我们恭候佳音。
3 suffer vt.遭[蒙, 经]受;忍受, 忍耐宽恕; 允许, 容忍
suffer pain受痛苦
suffer hunger挨饿
I will not suffer such conduct.我不能容忍这种行为。
She could not suffer criticism.她受不了批评。
I can not suffer you to be idle.我不能让你偷懒。
suffer from患...病; 受...苦;因……而遭罪
suffer from cold and hunger饥寒交迫
suffer from floods遭受水灾
She was suffering from a headache.她正经受头痛之苦。
The city suffered serious damage from the earthquake.
4 operate:用作动词,主要义项有:运转;操作;起作用;经营;管理;动手术。
Eg. Can you operate this computer?
The sleeping pill operated at once.
The company operates ten factories.
The surgeon decided to operate on her.
名词operation手术,操作;operator操作员,接线员。
注意:operate在表示“操作;管理;经营”时,为及物动词,同义词有:run, manage等;表示“手术”时为不及物动词,跟宾语时需使用介词on。
5 direction n.方向, 指导, 趋势, (常用复数)指示, 用法, 说明(书)
In which direction are you going, north or south?你准备往哪个方向走?向北还是向南?
What direction does this exhibition hall face?展览馆朝什么方向?
(pl) 用法说明Full directions inside.内附详细说明书。
give directions予以指示
in every direction向各方面, 向四面八方
in the direction of朝 ... 方向
under the direction of在...指导下
6 look on… as把……看着。
Eg. I look on her as a promising pianist.
同义词组:think of…as…;regard…as…;treat…as…;see…as…
相关归纳:(1)look on旁观
Eg. Two men were fighting while people looked on.
(2)look forward to希望;盼望
Eg. I’m looking forward to seeing you.
(3)look into往里看;调查
Eg. The committee is looking into the cause of the accident.
(4)look over瞭望;越过……看;检查
Eg. The secretary looked over the letters quickly.
(5)look through浏览;审查
Eg. I have to look through my notebooks for the exam
(6) look down on轻视,看不起
(7)look up在书中查到;寻访到,探访(某人)
When you do not understand a word, you can look it up in this dictionary.
当你不懂一个单词时,可以查这本词典。
“On my way home, I looked up an old friend of mine.”
“在回家的路上,我去看望了一下我的一个老朋友。”
look up to尊敬
7 create, invite, discover, find, find out
create主要意思是“创造”,即产生出新的东西,其对象往往是精神是的,如艺术、文学作品中的人物以及新的科学领域等,也可创造出新的具体事物。名词:creation创造;creator创造者。
discover主要意思是“发现”,其对象是一直存在但以往未被人们了解的东西,如元素、地域或客观规律等。名词:discovery发现;discoverer发现者。
find主要指发现、找到丢失的东西或人,“发现;看到;感到”。
find out“查明真相;弄清”,同义词为make sure。
Exercises:
(1). The idea that God _____ the world is wrong.
(2). Thomas Edison _____ the first small electric lamp.
(3). They never _____ how to open the box.
(4). I was surprised when I _____ you in the bus.
(5). Did you _____ the book you lost?
(6). Please _____ who broke into the house last night.
Unit21
1 avoid:用作及物动词,主要义项有:逃避;避免;回避。可以跟名词、代词或v.ing形式作宾语。Eg. The car turned to the left to avoid a collision.
I tried to avoid meeting him because he always bored me.
avoidable adj.可避免的;avoidance n.逃避;回避。
注意比较:fail to do sth.没有(没能)做成某事。
Eg. Never fail to write to me.
miss doing错过做……;躲过。
Eg. I missed buying the May number of the magazine.
escape doing逃离(灾难)。Eg. He escaped being punished.
2 manage:用作动词,主要义项有:经营;管理;(同义词:operate);操纵;对付;设法做成;设法维持。
Eg. He is managing the business for his father.
He couldn’t manage his horse, and it threw him to the ground.
I have to manage with 10 dollars till payday.
名词:management经营;管理;处理;操作;manager经理。
注意:比较manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.设法做成某事;
Eg. He managed to organize a live concert.= He succeed in organizing a live concert.
try to do sth.表示尽力做某事,但不知道最终的结果;try doing sth.试图做某事;attempt to do尽力做
3 vary vi., vt.改变;变化
The weather varies from day to day.天气一天天变化。
vary one's teaching method改变教学方法
vary from ...to ...从...到...不等; 在...到...之间变动
vary with随...而变化
4 occur:occur用作不及物动词,主要有以下义项:发生;(念头、想法等)想起;浮现;出现;存在。Eg. It is said that the accident occurred at midnight.
occur to sb.= come into sb’s mind想起,想到
Eg. An idea has occurred to me.
也可以使用句型:It occurs to sb. that…
Eg. It occurred to me that we should go there more often.
注意:下列动词或短语都有“发生”的意思,并且都是不及物动词,不能用于被动语态:happen, take place, break out, come about。
Happen chance occur take place都含“发生”的意思。
happen为常用词语, 指“一切客观事物或情况的偶然或未能预见地发生”, 如:
The accident happened yesterday.事故发生在昨天。
chance 指“偶然发生”、“碰巧”, 如:
He chanced to meet her.他偶然遇见了她。
occur属正式用语, 指“按计划使某事或效果发生”, 通常所指的时间和事件都比较确定, 在以具体事物、事件作主语时, 可与happen 互换, 如:
These events occurred in 1909.这些事件发生于19。
take place 指“发生事先计划或预想到的事物”, 如:
The meeting took place at 8:00 as planned.按计划会议在八点举行了。
5 get through:到达, 做完, 通过, 度过, 打通
Eg. The Bill didn’t get through.
A smile can help us get through difficult situations.
He has got through all his money.
相关归纳:(1)get across:过……的时候(不用被动语态);与……沟通
Eg. I just can’t get across to him.
(2)get along设法度过;相处(和with连用);进展(和with连用)
Eg. We’ll get along without that much money somehow.
How are you getting along with your work?
(3)get away离开Eg. I’m afraid I can’t get away from the meeting.
(4)get down下来Eg. The kitten climbed the tree and couldn’t get down.
(5)get down to开始做(to为介词)
Eg. He got down to business immediately he sat at the desk.
注意:(1)go through with/get through (with) = finish;(2)go through和get through在表示“通过”时,不用被动语态。
6 hold up:举起, 支撑, 阻挡, 拦截
Eg. I held up my hand to show that I had a question.
The travelers were held up by bandits.
We were help up on our way to the airport in a traffic jam.
相关归纳:(1)hold back:缩回;制止;隐藏
Eg. You must be holding something back from me.
The boss was unable to hold back his anger any longer. (喻)老板再也抑制不住怒火了。
No one can hold back the wheel of history.谁也无法阻止历史车轮的前进。
(2)hold off使……保持距离;拖延
Eg. Hold off for a minute. Mary tends to hold off from people.玛丽总是不接近人。
(3)hold on继续;坚持;不挂断(电话);固定
Eg. The storm held on all night.
(4)hold on to抓住;执著于;固守
Eg. The little girl held on to the tail of his coat.
(5)hold out伸出;维持
Eg. Our food supplies won’t hold out long.
(6)catch/get/lay//seize/take hold of抓住
Eg. He was caught hold of by the arm.
7 as to的句型结构:比较as to和so as to的区别。(1)so as to后面跟动词不定式,相当于in order to,表示“为了……”的意思。(2)as to后面跟名词、短语和从句,在wh-从句、短语前的as to常可省略。
Eg. As to money, he is indifferent.至于钱,他漠不关心。
She was at a loss (as to) how to explain it.
I enjoy going to the movies. But as to/as for the theater, I prefer staying at home.
8 end vi., vt.结束;完成
The party did not end until midnight.晚会到半夜才结束。
He ended his letter off with good wishes to his friend.他给朋友的信以祝好这句话结束。
The meeting ended up with the singing of The Internationale.会议最后以唱《国际歌》而结束。
(与in连用)造成…结果
All their plans ended in failure.他们一切计划都以失败告终。
The battle ended in a victory.战争以胜利而结束。
bring to an end结束, 完成, 终止
by the end of到...末
carry sth. through to the end把某事进行到底
come to the end结束, 告终
in the end最后, 终于
put an end to sth.结束某事, 终止某事; 消灭某事
stand on end竖立, 直立
9 while conj.当...的时候, 和...同时; 只要;但是, 然而;虽然; 尽管
Some people like coffee, while others like te有些人喜欢咖啡, 而有些人喜欢茶。
While he loves his students, he is very strict with them.
虽然他爱他的学生, 可是他对他们很严格。
I met her while I was at school.当我在学校的时候我遇见了她。
n.一会儿
a long while好长一会儿
A short while ago, however, he became a busdriver and he has not regretted it.
可是,不久前他当了一名公共汽车驾驶员,而且他不后悔。
It took a long while to do the work.做这个工作花了许多时间。
Unit22
1 minority n.-ties少数
We're in the minority, more people are against us than with us.
赞成我们的居少数;我们成了少数派。
少数人The nation wants peace; only a minority want(s) the war to continue.
“全国人民要和平,只有少数人希望继续打仗。”
be in a minority of one得不到任何人的支持
be in the minority占少数
2 divide, separate
divide vi.&vt.分开;分成……份。常构成短语:divide… into…“把……分成几份”;divide up分开。separate v.分离;分手;隔开。常构成短语:separate…from…“把……和……分开”。adj.分开的;各自的。
Let's divide ourselves into several groups.我们分成几个小组吧。
This class is too large; we shall have to divide it for oral practice.
“这个班级太大,我们必须把它分成小班作口语练习。”
divide the patients from the others隔离病人
divide the profit分配利润
separate divide都含“分开”的意思。
separate 指“把原来在一起的人或物分开”, 如:
S-those two boys who are fighting, will you?(你)把那两个打架的孩子拉开, 好吗?
divide 指“施加外力或自然地把某人或某物由整体分成若干部分”, 如:
divide the candies among the children给孩子们把糖块分开。
3 risk vt.使冒危险;作赌注冒…之险
to risk failure冒失败之险
He risked his life when he saved the child from the fire.
他冒着生命危险把孩子从火中救出。
risk getting caught in a storm冒遭遇风暴之险
risk one's fortune [health, life]冒着财产[健康, 性命]风险
risk the jump[a battle]冒险跳一下[打一仗]
risk sb.'s anger准备受某人责备去试试看
at risk在危险中
at all risks (=at any risk)无论冒什么危险; 无论如何
at the risk of (=at risk to)冒...之险; 不顾...之风险
run [take] a risk(s)冒险
run[take] the risk of doing sth.冒险做某事
take no risks慎重行事
4 take turns:轮流, 依次 Eg. We take turns at cooking.
相关归纳:(1)by turns轮流=take turns at doing sth.
Eg. They laughed and cried by turns.
(2)It’s one’s turn to do sth.轮到某人做某事Eg. It’s your turn to sing.
(3)in turn(s)轮流;依次;按顺序Eg. They sang on the stage in turn.
(4)on the turn在转变Eg. Their opinions are on the turn.
(5)out of turn不按顺序;次序混乱Eg. Please don’t speak out of turn.
(6)serve one’s turn适合自己的需要Eg. I think this book will serve my turn.
注意以上短语中turn的单复数形式。
5 injure, harm, wound, hurt四个动词都有“受伤”的意思,但侧重点不同。
injure意义较广,着重指偶然事故对人的“损害”。be slightly/seriously/badly injured受伤很轻/很严重/很重。injury n.
harm可以用于动词和名词,“伤害;危害”指精神上或物质上的危害;对……有害。短语:do harm to sb./do sb. harm对某人有危害。
wound可用于动词和名词。主要指暴力或战争中时所受的伤,如刀伤、枪伤。也可用于对人的感情、名誉等的伤害。
hurt主要用于有生命的东西,多指肉体方面的伤害,常伴有痛感。作借喻时指对精神或感情方面的伤害。
Exercises:
(1). Tom fell down from the tree and _____ his legs.
(2). Smoking will _____ your health.
(3). She’s afraid that he would _____ the child.
(4). I _____ my eyes by reading in dim light.
(5). He got _____ in the war.
(6). He fell off the bike and _____ his arm.
(7). He didn’t want to _____ her feelings.
6 cut back剪枝;修剪;减少;缩小;削减
to cut back on industrial production缩减工业生产
cut down砍倒;砍伤;减少;减低
to cut down a tree with an axe用斧头把树砍倒
to cut down on smoking减少抽烟
cut in插嘴;超车抢挡;(突然)插入
Don't cut in while I'm talking.我说话时别插嘴。
to cut in on a queue加塞儿
cut out剪除;切掉;割掉;停止;放弃
to cut out a dress裁剪衣服
to cut out smoking戒烟
cut up切碎;使受苦
Jean was really cut up when her husband left her.在丈夫抛弃她之后,简痛苦极了。
cut off切断, 停掉;电话中断
篇20:Unit 9 Warming up & listening获奖教学设计(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
时间 2005年 12月14日
课题 Unit 9 Saving the Earth 授课年级 高二
教学背景分析 内容分析:
本课是高二(上)第九单元第一课时,由warming up 和listening 两部分组成。Warming up 是通过图片和学生身边的一些事例,让学生知道我们地球所面临的一些环境问题。Listening 包含了两部分内容,第一部分是在世界地球日这天的一篇演讲,主题是关于保护地球和环境。通过听这个演讲培养学生在听的过程中提取听力材料中主要信息的能力。第二部分是让学生通过听的练习,模仿听力材料自己再写出一篇演讲稿并在全班进行交流。
“教”与“学”是教学过程中不可分割的两个环节。只有在了解学生的心理特点和实际能力水平,仔细研究和分析教材之后才能因材施教,才能把“教” 与“学”有机的结合在一起,达到良好的教学效果。根据高中二年级学生的实际情况以及对本教材的分析,本课时部分教学内容整合如下:
1)根据本教材的特点,每个单元的第一课时的重点是训练学生的听说能力,而在操练这两个技能的同时又要求学生在课堂上完成一篇短文的写作,对于一节只有40分钟的课来说显然会顾此失彼,所以将listening中的第二部分移至了本单元的第二课时,本节课只处理本单元的warming up及listening 的第一部分。
2)为了让学生更好的了解和保护我们的地球,达到对学生进行德育教育的目的,在本节课的结尾部分设计了一个学生活动的环节。学生将以小组为单位根据不同的话题设计海报,并派代表向全班同学介绍本组的话题内容和海报的设计思路。
对象分析:
高二的学生正处于一个渴望走向成熟的年龄,活泼好奇的特点对于他们在学习英语方面有很大的帮助作用。通过初高中地理、生物课的学习,他们对于地球和我们周围的生存环境已经有了相当的了解,因此他们对于本单元话题的内容比较熟悉,加上他们之前所具备的语言知识和技能,使他们能够较灵活的进行一般的日常交际。但要学生用正式的语言来介绍一个海报的设计思路也是有一定的困难的。
教学方式与教学手段
1)采用多媒体的教学手段,把课前准备好的图片、音频、视频资料制成powerpoint演示文稿,力求使教学生动活泼,做到既能激发学生的兴趣又能提高教学效果。
2)通过任务型的教学途径和情境教学、小组讨论等教学方法实施课堂活动,调动学生学习的积极性,让学生获得更多的知识,同时能更快更容易的掌握本节课所要训练的技能。
本课
教学
目标
设计 知识与
技能 通过本节课的学习,学生将:
1)知道有关地球和环境问题的词汇和表达法。
2)理解听力材料的内容。
过程与
方法 1)帮助学生提高在听的过程中记录重要信息的能力。
2)帮助学生利用在课堂中学过的词汇和知识来表达自己
的观点。
3)帮助学生从网上寻找学习过程中所需要的资料。
思想与
情感 通过本节课的学习
1)学生能够对地球和环境的现状有所了解。
2)学生将会对环境保护的问题更加关注。
教学流程:
教学
环节 教师活动 学生活动 媒体
使用
Warming up
Listening
Review the previous unit by asking the following questions.
a) What is the topic of Unit 8?
b) What is first aid?
c) When shall we give first aid? Students answer the questions together.
课件
助教
Ask the students that if a person gets hurt, we can use first aid the help him or her; but if our earth get hurt, what we shall do. Students think about the question and give the answer “Saving the Earth” 课件
创设
情境
Show students some pictures about the pollution of Songhuajiang happened several weeks ago and let students talk about the event in pairs. Students work in pairs and talk about the event.
课件
创设
情境
Let student watch a video and
find out what other problem are
mentioned besides water
pollution in the video. Watch the video and find out the problems that are mentioned in the video.
视频助教
Encourage students to think of other problems facing our earth.
According to the pictures on the screen students talk about the other problems facing our earth. 课件及板书助学
Help students draw conclusion
Students get the conclusion that we should do our best to find the solution to the present situation of our earth.
课件创设情境
Pre-listening
Introduce Earth Day and Environment Day to the students. Get to know the date of Earth Day and Environment Day. 板书助教
While –listening
1) multiple choices
2) true or false
3) filling in blanks
Do the exercises according the information on the tape. 课件助教
录音机助学
Post –listening
Task---
1) Students work in groups to design posters, which should relate to one of the problems facing our planet.
2) Each group is supposed to have a reporter to show the poster made by his/her group members and give a brief report on the topic they have chosen.
3) Summary:
Teacher summarizes students’ activity. 1) Each group is supposed to choose a topic and prepare the basic materials for the poster before class.
2) Students make the posters in class.
3) Each group choose a representative to give the whole class a report.
网络
资源
【高考复习一人教版高二unit 9语言点(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)】相关文章:
1.Unit 9 Saving the earth(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
2.unit 9 saving the earth(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
4.unit 3 art and architecture(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
5.unit 6 Life in the future(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
6.Teaching plan of Unit 8(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
7.Unit 4 词组句子(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
8.unit 5 The British Isles(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)






文档为doc格式